Canon MB2100 Series Скачать руководство пользователя страница 241 | Manualshive

Страница: 241 / 1313

Canon MB2100 Series Скачать руководство пользователя страница 241

Safety Precautions

Choosing a location

• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close

to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in
the

.

• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Place the printer with its back in a location that is more than 2 inches (5 cm) away from the wall.

Power Supply

• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the

power cord if necessary.

• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.

Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.

• Do not use an extension lead/cord.

Working Around the Printer

• Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing.
• When moving the printer, carry the printer at both ends. In case the printer weighs more than 14 kg, it

is recommended to have two people lifting the printer. Accidental dropping of the printer causes injury.
For the printer's weight, refer to the

.

• Do not place any object on the printer. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,

etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the printer.

• Do not transport or use the printer on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and

damage the printer.

• When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The

Platen Glass may break and cause injury.

Print Heads/Ink Tanks/FINE Cartridges

• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out

mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.

• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with

skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.

• Never touch the electrical contacts on a print head or FINE cartridges after printing.

The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.

• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the print head, ink tanks, and FINE cartridges.

241

«
...
239
240
241
242
243
...
»

Содержание MB2100 Series

Страница 1: ...MB2100 series Online Manual Printer Functions Overview Printing Scanning Faxing Troubleshooting English ...

Страница 2: ...ials 56 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application 57 Managing Printer Conveniently Using Quick Utility Toolbox 58 Available Connection Methods 59 Scan Originals Larger than the Platen 61 Scan Multiple Originals at One Time 62 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 63 Notice for Web Service Printing 64 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer 65 Before Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 66 Register...

Страница 3: ... a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User 158 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 164 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY 167 Printing with Windows RT 168 Online Storage Integration Function 169 Handling Paper Originals Ink Tanks etc 170 Loading Paper 171 Paper Sources 172 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper 174 Loading Envelopes 179 Loading Originals 183 Where...

Страница 4: ...t Head Position Manually 223 Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern 226 Cleaning 227 Cleaning Exterior Surfaces 228 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 229 Cleaning the ADF Auto Document Feeder 230 Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers 232 Cleaning Inside the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 234 Cleaning Cassette Pads 237 Overview 238 Safety 240 Safety Precautions 241 Regulatory Information 242 WEEE EU EEA 2...

Страница 5: ... from Operation Panel 287 Setting Items on Operation Panel 289 FAX settings 290 Print settings 294 LAN settings 295 Device user settings 299 Timezone List 302 Language selection 304 Firmware update 305 Cassette settings 306 Administrator password setting 307 Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel 308 Operation restrictions 310 Restricting Machine Operation 311 Reset setting 314 Web serv...

Страница 6: ...p Utility 357 Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility 358 IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen 359 Performing Network Settings 364 Performing Changing Wired LAN Settings 365 Performing Changing Wireless LAN Settings 368 Assigning Printer Information 372 Initializing Network Settings 373 Changing Administrator Password 374 Setting Criteria for Printer Search Searching Specific Printer 375 If ...

Страница 7: ...ity High 408 Transporting Your Machine 409 Legal Restrictions on Scanning Copying 410 Specifications 411 Information about Paper 416 Supported Media Types 417 Paper Load Limit 419 Unsupported Media Types 421 Handling Paper 422 Print Area 423 Print Area 424 Standard Sizes 425 Envelopes 427 Administrator Settings 428 Sharing the Printer on a Network 429 Setting Up a Shared Printer 430 Restrictions o...

Страница 8: ...nting 461 Booklet Printing 464 Duplex Printing 466 Stamp Background Printing 470 Setting Up Envelope Printing 479 Printing on Postcards 481 Displaying the Print Results before Printing 483 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 484 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 486 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 490 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 491 S...

Страница 9: ...ting Using a Web Service 576 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 63 Printing with Google Cloud Print 578 Getting Google Account 580 Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print 581 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 584 Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print 588 Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac 49 Printing from a Device Equipped with Windows 10 Mobile 592 Pri...

Страница 10: ...Copying Thick Originals Such as Books 643 Copying ID Card to Fit onto Single Page 644 Collated Copying 646 Copying from Smartphone Tablet 648 Scanning 650 Scanning from Computer Windows 651 Using IJ Scan Utility 652 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software 653 Starting IJ Scan Utility 655 Scanning Documents 656 Scanning Photos 657 Scanning with Favorite Settings 658 Scanning Originals Larger than ...

Страница 11: ...Mode 760 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver 762 Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver 766 Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc 767 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern 771 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance 773 Adjusting Brightness and Contrast 775 Adjusting Histogram 778 Adjusting Tone ...

Страница 12: ...l from Computer 860 Sending Scanned Data as E Mail from Machine 863 Sending Scanned Data as E Mail from Machine 864 Registering Recipients E Mail Address 868 Registering Recipients in Group E Mail 871 Changing Registered Information 875 Deleting Registered Information 877 Importing Exporting E Mail Address Book 878 Saving Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive 880 Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder...

Страница 13: ... Registered Information 943 Deleting Registered Information 944 Printing List of Registered Destinations 945 Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 Windows 946 Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2 947 Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box 948 Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer 950 Registering a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 951 Changing a Fax telephone...

Страница 14: ...g a FAX Fax Driver 1001 Creating an Address Book Fax Driver 1004 Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book Fax Driver 1008 Search for a Recipient in an Address Book Fax Driver 1011 Cannot Send Faxes from Computer 1013 How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver 1015 General Notes Fax Driver 1017 Sending Faxes from Computer Mac OS 1018 Sending a Fax 1019 General Notes 1022 Troubleshootin...

Страница 15: ... Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings 1052 Printing Is Slow 1054 Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device 1055 Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor Windows 1056 Other Network Problems 1057 Message Appears on Computer During Setup 1058 Packets Are Sent Constantly Windows 1060 Checking Network Information 1061 Restoring to Factor...

Страница 16: ...Stops Operating during Scanning 1108 Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows 1109 Scanned Image Does Not Open 1110 Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory 1111 Moire Appears in Scan Results 1112 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 1113 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas 1115 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size 1116 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly ...

Страница 17: ...oblems 1145 Power Does Not Come On 1146 USB Connection Problems 1147 Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB 1148 LCD Is Off 1149 LCD Shows Wrong Language 1150 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position 1151 Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed Windows 1152 Installation and Download Problems 1153 Cannot Install MP Drivers 1154 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu D...

Страница 18: ...1309 1195 1310 1196 1319 1197 1575 1198 1600 1199 1660 1200 1688 1201 1700 1202 1701 1203 1754 1204 1755 1205 1871 1206 1890 1207 2001 1208 2002 1209 2110 1210 2120 1213 2500 1214 2700 1215 2802 1216 2803 1217 3401 1219 3402 1220 3403 1221 3404 1222 3405 1223 3406 1224 ...

Страница 19: ... 1231 3415 1232 3416 1233 3417 1234 3418 1235 3419 1236 3420 1237 3421 1238 3422 1239 3423 1240 3424 1241 3425 1242 3434 1243 3435 1244 3436 1245 3437 1246 4100 1247 4103 1248 5011 1249 5012 1250 5040 1251 5050 1252 5100 1253 5102 1254 5103 1255 5104 1256 5105 1257 ...

Страница 20: ... 1264 5209 1265 5400 1266 5500 1267 5501 1268 5B00 1269 5B01 1270 5C01 1271 6000 1272 6500 1273 6502 1274 6800 1275 6801 1276 6900 1277 6901 1278 6902 1279 6910 1280 6911 1281 6930 1282 6931 1283 6932 1284 6933 1285 6936 1286 6937 1287 6938 1288 6939 1289 693A 1290 ...

Страница 21: ... 1292 6942 1293 6943 1294 6944 1295 6945 1296 6946 1297 7100 1298 7200 1299 7201 1300 7203 1301 7204 1302 7205 1303 9000 1304 9500 1305 B202 1306 B203 1307 B204 1308 B205 1309 B502 1310 B503 1311 B504 1312 C000 1313 ...

Страница 22: ...e must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations Basics Instructions explaining basic operations of your product Note Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users Wi...

Страница 23: ...countries Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the fol...

Страница 24: ...vided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bin...

Страница 25: ...py of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and w...

Страница 26: ...for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Part 1 CMU UCD copyright notice BSD like Copyright 1989 1991 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University Derivative Work 1996 1998 2000 Copyright 1996 1998 2000 The Regents of the University of California All Rights Reserved Permission t...

Страница 27: ...3 Cambridge Broadband Ltd All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of condi...

Страница 28: ...RACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Part 5 Sparta Inc copyright notice BSD Copyright c 2003 2009 Sparta Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Red...

Страница 29: ...OWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Part 7 Fabasoft R D Software GmbH Co KG copyright notice BSD Copyright c Fabasoft R D Software GmbH Co KG 2003 oss fabasoft com Author Bernhard Penz Redistribution and use in ...

Страница 30: ...d or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WA...

Страница 31: ...stribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the document...

Страница 32: ...me all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in t...

Страница 33: ...he search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your...

Страница 34: ...Using the Machine Printing Documents from Your Computer Windows Printing Documents from Your Computer Mac OS Copying Faxing 34 ...

Страница 35: ...assette 2 Load paper printing side DOWN 3 Align the paper guides with the paper length and width 4 Insert the cassette After you insert the cassette a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 5 Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type and then press the OK button 35 ...

Страница 36: ...d click Preferences or Properties Printer driver settings are displayed Note Command and menu names vary by application and printing may involve more steps For detailed instructions refer to the application user manual 9 Select a typical printing profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a profile that suits the purpose of printing Once you select a printing profile preset va...

Страница 37: ...10 Once the print settings are complete click OK to print Note A variety of print settings can be configured with the printer driver Printing from Application Software Windows Printer Driver 37 ...

Страница 38: ...assette 2 Load paper printing side DOWN 3 Align the paper guides with the paper length and width 4 Insert the cassette After you insert the cassette a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 5 Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type and then press the OK button 38 ...

Страница 39: ...he paper output support B 7 In the application select Print You can often access the Print dialog by selecting Print in the File menu Note For detailed instructions on operation refer to the application user manual 8 Select the model name and click Printer list Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display 39 ...

Страница 40: ...9 Select the paper size In Paper Size select the paper size you use 10 Select Quality Media from the pop up menu 40 ...

Страница 41: ...lect the same media type loaded in the machine 12 Once the print settings are complete click Print to print Note A variety of print settings can be configured with the printer driver Printing from Application Software Mac OS Printer Driver 41 ...

Страница 42: ... side DOWN 3 Align the paper guides with the paper length and width 4 Insert the cassette After you insert the cassette a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 5 Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type and then press the OK button 42 ...

Страница 43: ...the paper information 6 Pull out the output tray extension A and open the paper output support B 7 Press the HOME button C 8 Select Copy D and then press the OK button 9 Open the document cover E 10 Load the original face DOWN aligned with the alignment mark F 43 ...

Страница 44: ...F Auto Document Feeder 11 Close the document cover 12 Check the paper settings and then press the Black or Color button G Important Do not open the document cover until copying is finished Note The machine offers many other convenient copying features Copying 44 ...

Страница 45: ...tiple documents in black and white as follows 1 Open the document tray A 2 Insert the documents face UP 3 Adjust the document guides as needed 4 Press the HOME button B 5 Select FAX C and then press the OK button 45 ...

Страница 46: ...6 Use the keypad to enter the fax number D 7 Press the Black button E Note Many other convenient faxing features are available Faxing 46 ...

Страница 47: ...pplication Managing Printer Conveniently Using Quick Utility Toolbox Available Connection Methods Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY Printing with Windows RT Online Storage Integration Function 47 ...

Страница 48: ...Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device 48 ...

Страница 49: ...k your environment AirPrint Operation Environment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Requirement The iOS device or Mac and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Adding Printer as AirPrint Printer to Your Mac 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers Scanners P...

Страница 50: ...or wireless LAN connection After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Make sure the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print U...

Страница 51: ...nment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Requirement The iOS device or Mac and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device 1 Make sure printer is turned on Note If the printer s Auto Power On function is enabled the printer is turn...

Страница 52: ...your model name from Printer on Printer Options Important Because some applications do not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an application does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that application 52 ...

Страница 53: ...be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print Using AirPrint Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS device and the region in which AirPrint is used When you use the photo application the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in ot...

Страница 54: ...Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From printer Use Stop button to cancel the print job From iOS device Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right...

Страница 55: ...The printer supports direct connection in which you can connect to the printer wirelessly from a computer or smartphone without a wireless router Switch to direct connection to print or scan wirelessly Using Machine with Direct Connection 55 ...

Страница 56: ... service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via Easy PhotoPrint Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with Easy PhotoPrint To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note The designs of ...

Страница 57: ...ing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 57 ...

Страница 58: ... click After installing utilities compatible with Quick Utility Toolbox they will be added to this menu The Quick Utility Toolbox provides a convenient way to quickly launch added utilities for making printer settings and doing other management tasks Refer to the following for details Quick Utility Toolbox Guide Windows Quick Utility Toolbox Guide Mac OS 58 ...

Страница 59: ...ess router The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have a wireless router we recommend you use the method described in Connection Using a Wireless Router When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to t...

Страница 60: ...a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the direct connection the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply In the direct conn...

Страница 61: ...ight halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported Refer to the following for details Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Windows Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Mac OS 61 ...

Страница 62: ...n Utility you can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually Refer to the following for details Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Windows Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Mac OS 62 ...

Страница 63: ...ow ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Important In certain countries PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have an a...

Страница 64: ...saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Before you transfer ownership or dispose of a printer that supports a color LCD monitor select Device settings Reset setting Reset all and delete your login name and password For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in To Those Living in Mainland China PIXM...

Страница 65: ...Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Registering Printer Information to PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 65 ...

Страница 66: ...the manual of your network devices or contact the manufacturer Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Registering Printer Information to PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Copyright c 1991 2015 Unicode Inc All rights reserved Distributed under the Terms of Use in http www unicode org copyright html This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group THE BASIC LIBRARY FU...

Страница 67: ...ANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HO...

Страница 68: ...istration select the login user name from the Switch user screen enter the Security code and proceed with the registration If the Security code is incorrect use your smartphone tablet or computer and change the setting from the My account of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 3 When the registration preparation completed screen appears select OK 4 On the confirmation screen select Next 5 In th...

Страница 69: ...not agree you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button 6 On the Current time check screen select the time closest to the current time and then select Next You can set the time in 10 minute units 7 In the time zones list select the region closest to you For some regions a screen for applying...

Страница 70: ...t of apps is displayed See here for the description of the apps list screen After you complete the registration you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add delete sort apps Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 70 ...

Страница 71: ...can use this service For details see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer Follow the steps described below to add apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete 3 Select Register apps 4 From the list select the category of the app 71 ...

Страница 72: ...e app is added to the apps list To register another app repeat the procedure from step 5 To end the app registration select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Important Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app If this is the case set up an account beforehand Delete apps You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list Follow the steps described below to delet...

Страница 73: ...te Description of displayed icons Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language Can be used with genuine Canon ink If you are using a G3000 series model you cannot use this service because the model is not supported 5 Select Delete 73 ...

Страница 74: ...ion select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Note Config allows you to re register deleted apps Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list Follow the steps described below to sort apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete 3 Select Sort 4 On the apps list select the app that you want to sort 74 ...

Страница 75: ...ge Can be used with genuine Canon ink If you are using a G3000 series model you cannot use this service because the model is not supported 5 Use buttons to move the app 6 Select Done Sorting is complete To continue the sorting repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the sorting select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen 75 ...

Страница 76: ...ou print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start Note You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Important Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up d...

Страница 77: ...ontinue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration and other reas...

Страница 78: ... history of this service from the Home window on the operation panel select Setup Web service setup Web service connection setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup History setting for this service Save Cloud Troubleshooting 78 ...

Страница 79: ...tarting the appropriate app 1 Applications 2 Add delete button 3 Manage button Important Depending on the apps you plan to use you may need to have an account beforehand If this is the case get an account for each of those apps After selecting the app some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area Visible area I...

Страница 80: ...dd delete button Use this button to add delete and sort apps Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list See here for details on how to sort the apps list 3 Manage button Use this button to manage jobs log out of an app ...

Страница 81: ... closest to your region Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement Press the Start button to print the displayed information Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into Note Some apps may keep you logged in even after the app ends Therefore if you want to log in again with a different account select Log out of all apps t...

Страница 82: ...the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you ...

Страница 83: ...ter Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 83 ...

Страница 84: ...nd Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Some models do not support this function To check whether your model supports this function see Models that Support Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirement...

Страница 85: ...la Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Yosemite v10 10 Safari 5 1 6 7 8 Smartphone or tablet OS Browser Resolution iOS 7 or later OS standard browser 320 x 480 or higher Android 4 or later 480 x 800 or higher The operation requirements may change without prior notice If this happens you may no longer be able to use this service from your computer smartphone or tablet Important On the browser...

Страница 86: ... In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 86 ...

Страница 87: ...Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information If your model has color LCD monitor If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor If you are using PRO 1000 series or PRO 500 series 87 ...

Страница 88: ...om the printer home screen select Cloud If printer information has not been registered to the cloud service server the Registration Preparation Completion Screen appears 3 From cloud main screen select Use from Smartphone or Mobile Integration Guide 4 Follow instructions appearing in screen and select Next 5 In user registration screen select Show QR Code You can also access the URL manually from ...

Страница 89: ... install one from App Store or Google Play 7 In Preparation for registration screen select Send blank e mail Note When you select Send blank e mail the destination entry completed mailer starts up automatically After the blank e mail is created send that e mail without making any changes If you want to register a different e mail address select Do not send to display the E mail address entry scree...

Страница 90: ...rror if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by going to the printer s Home screen and selecting Setup Web service setup Web service connection setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Delete from this service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam f...

Страница 91: ...ccess the URL in the e mail Register the Information and Complete the User Registration 1 Check that e mail containing URL has been sent to registered e mail address and access URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 91 ...

Страница 92: ...ster password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 92 ...

Страница 93: ...ow The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Important The user name entry field has the following character restrictions 93 ...

Страница 94: ...e list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen i...

Страница 95: ...Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 95 ...

Страница 96: ...authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and other necessary information Important Do not use the Back b...

Страница 97: ...egistration screen is displayed select Create new account 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered 97 ...

Страница 98: ...JCloudPrintingCtr Delete from service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered ...

Страница 99: ...ster password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 99 ...

Страница 100: ...w The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Important The user name entry field has the following character restrictions 100 ...

Страница 101: ...e list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen i...

Страница 102: ...Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 102 ...

Страница 103: ...rinter registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet If your model has color LCD monitor 2 From the home window select Setup Various settings Web service setup Web service connection setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Register with this service 3 In the registration co...

Страница 104: ... Select Yes 4 In the print settings select the display language 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should...

Страница 105: ...n you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 Displaying Printer Information For details go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information for your model 3 Select IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Register with this service 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and run the authentication 5 When the Preparation for registration screen appears select Send blank e ma...

Страница 106: ... be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by Displaying Printer Information and selecting IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Delete from this service To display printer information go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information fo...

Страница 107: ...ccess the URL in the e mail Register the Information and Complete the User Registration 1 Check that e mail containing URL has been sent to registered e mail address and access URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 107 ...

Страница 108: ...ter password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 108 ...

Страница 109: ...w The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Important The user name entry field has the following character restrictions 109 ...

Страница 110: ...e list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen i...

Страница 111: ...Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 111 ...

Страница 112: ...red in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for about the next 60 minutes You remain logged in for 60 minutes after the last access The service may not function properly if you log in b...

Страница 113: ...jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet Note You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information a...

Страница 114: ...4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 114 ...

Страница 115: ...nting select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 115 ...

Страница 116: ...e 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next 60 minutes You remain logged in for 60 minutes after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password th...

Страница 117: ...rinting Center Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents Important With this service the available functions differ depending on whether the user is...

Страница 118: ...ears Note Group management appears only when you use Select how to manage and set Manage by group for office users Mng printer screen From the Mng printer screen you can check or update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center copy apps change printer names delete printers and add printers Check the printer information The registered printer name is displayed indica...

Страница 119: ...rinter When you select the screen shown below appears Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK Note If Select how to manage has been set you can use this function only when you select Manage app availability by printer For details see Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Work Change the printer name When you select a screen to change the printer name appears...

Страница 120: ...ter Note Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate Manage users screen From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the use...

Страница 121: ...agement screen you can use functions for checking group information registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center changing groups deleting groups adding groups and setting up users printers and apps belonging to each group Checking group information The registered group names appear If there are items that have not been set appears Select to display the following screen which allows you to set ...

Страница 122: ...sy PhotoPrint To switch between service linking release select appears for items that do not have anything selected In the default settings all check marks are cleared for Printers and Users Only the system apps under Apps are set to ON Changing a Group name To display the Group name change screen select You can change the name to one of your liking by following the instructions in the displayed s...

Страница 123: ...Note You can register up to 20 groups Apps available on printers that do not require a security code For printers without the Multiuser mode setting or Security code settings set the apps to be displayed when a user selects Cloud from the printer s home screen If the domain does not have a printer that meets this condition this setup screen does not appear To go to the setup screen select Note If ...

Страница 124: ...p screen select Require security code Each user can set a Security code start the app and perform printing and other operations This setting is linked with Multiuser mode on the Mng printer screen Note The list does not display models without an LCD or models with a monochrome LCD The check box does not appear for models that do not support Multiuser mode 124 ...

Страница 125: ...ting Center at Work Note If you manage the usable apps by printer the default settings will allow all users to add delete and rearrange apps Also if you are using a MAXIFY series printer and you select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen only the administrator will be able to add delete and rearrange apps If you manage the usable apps by user all users will be able to add delete and rearrange...

Страница 126: ...context menu 4 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting select Done 126 ...

Страница 127: ...lays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice My account Displays user information From the My account screen you can change your account settings From the My account screen you can display the Permitted services screen and clear any linked service setting Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are ...

Страница 128: ...ig This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them Note If Group management has been set Config is not displayed If Manage app availability by user has been set even Standard user can register and delete apps 128 ...

Страница 129: ...oud Printing Center are displayed by category When you select the details of the app are displayed When you select you can choose to register or unregister the app Note Description of displayed icons Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model 129 ...

Страница 130: ...can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print or scan status and history You can check the print or scan status by looking at Status list and the print or scan history by looking at History You can also cancel print or s...

Страница 131: ...of 3 father mother and child as an example If the father registers the printer to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center only the father is managed by the service and the mother and the child cannot use the service unless the father tells them the login E mail address and Password If Mother and Child Want to Use the Service from Their Smartphones 1 The father registers to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing C...

Страница 132: ... The father selects Add user and by following the screen instructions registers the mother and child as users After this registration is complete the mother and child can individually use the service 132 ...

Страница 133: ... or delete apps After the Administrator father specifies settings according to the procedure below the father the mother and the child will be able to manage apps individually 1 As the Administrator the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and selects Advanced management from 2 For Select how to manage the father selects Set 133 ...

Страница 134: ...he father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK 4 The screen for checking the management method change appears To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window select OK 134 ...

Страница 135: ...All registered users can register and delete apps freely 135 ...

Страница 136: ...the new hire Note If the second printer has not been registered select Adding a Printer and register the printer by following the procedure Creating a Group for All Office Members to Use Set the basic group In this example only the Evernote app will be used on 2 printers 1 The senior clerk registers to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and becomes the Administrator 2 The senior clerk selects Mana...

Страница 137: ...4 The senior clerk selects Advanced management from 5 For Select how to manage the senior clerk selects Set 137 ...

Страница 138: ...r office users and selects OK Note If Group management has already been set up refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps 7 On the screen for checking management method changes the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK 138 ...

Страница 139: ...roup to be renamed 9 The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK The chief clerk enters Office here because the clerk is setting up a group that everyone in the office will use Important The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name The group name can have up to 20 single byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 double byte characters The same group name cannot be registere...

Страница 140: ...10 Select Settings and in group setup screen check that all users on the Users tab are selected 11 On Printers tab check that all printers are selected 12 On Apps tab set only Evernote app to 140 ...

Страница 141: ...add a group To create a new group use Add group and then in the setup screen for the added group add users and printers Limiting Apps That Each User Can Use Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use Important The available apps may differ depending on the country or the region Limiting Ap...

Страница 142: ...1 From select Group management Note This appears only if Manage by group for office users is set in Advanced management 2 In displayed screen select Add group 142 ...

Страница 143: ...restrictions apply to entering the Group name The group name can have up to 20 single byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 double byte characters The same group name cannot be registered more than once in the same domain Up to 20 groups can be registered The person who created the group becomes the Administrator 4 Follow messages displayed on screen and select OK The group setup screen appears...

Страница 144: ...5 On Users tab select only president 6 On the Printers tab select printer to be used 7 On the Apps tab set the Evernote and Facebook apps to 144 ...

Страница 145: ...e The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer use the following procedure provided by this service As an example this section describes the procedure for allowing all users to use the Evernote app from the printer 1 From select Group management 145 ...

Страница 146: ...is appears only if Manage by group for office users is set in Advanced management 2 For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code select Settings 3 On Apps tab set only Evernote app to 146 ...

Страница 147: ... the only app that all users can use on the printer Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer As an example this section describes the procedure for allowing only the president to also use the Facebook app from the printer 1 From select Advanced management 147 ...

Страница 148: ...2 For Require security code select Set 3 Select printer for setting up Security code Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer 148 ...

Страница 149: ...ort Security Codes 4 Set up Security code If there are users who have not set up a Security code a screen appears for checking whether to send an e mail prompting those users to set up a Security code To send a notification e mail only to users without a Security code select OK To display the Security code setup screen when each user logs in and not send the notification e mail select Cancel 149 ...

Страница 150: ...anumeric characters The Security code change process ends and the change completion message appears In the message screen select OK to return to the main screen 5 Select Cloud from the printer s home screen 6 In Switch user screen select user 7 Enter Security code that you set and Log in 150 ...

Страница 151: ...n Log in 8 Select Facebook app Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users 151 ...

Страница 152: ...management Note This appears only if Manage by group for office users is set in Advanced management 2 Select Settings for the group containing all users 3 On the Printers tab clear printer that was set up for president 152 ...

Страница 153: ...f a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer is changed for one of those groups the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it Only the printer that was set can be used by all users 153 ...

Страница 154: ...he MAXIFY series you can set a Security code We recommend that you set a Security code to prevent other users from using your account This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone tablet or computer 154 ...

Страница 155: ...nitor If you are using PRO 1000 series or PRO 500 series If your model has color LCD monitor 1 Check that an e mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e mail address and access the URL 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in 3 When printer addition complete message appears select OK The printer addition process ends ...

Страница 156: ...ail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e mail address and access the URL If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor If you are using PRO 1000 series or PRO 500 series 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in 3 When printer addition complete message appears select OK The printer addition ...

Страница 157: ...Note If you select Cancel the printer selection status does not change and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User 157 ...

Страница 158: ...MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges Adding a user 1 On the service screen select Manage users from 2 Select Add user 158 ...

Страница 159: ...for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e mail address Note If you enter an e mail address that is already registered you will receive notification that the address is registered To specify another e mail address follow the displayed instructions 4 Access the URL reported in the e mail The procedure that follows describes what to do if you receive a notification e mail 5 Read t...

Страница 160: ...n screen enter you desired password into Password and Password Confirmation and select Next Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Alphabets are case sensitive 160 ...

Страница 161: ...te alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Alphabets are case sensitive 8 Specify the Time zone setting and select Done Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving ti...

Страница 162: ...rm various other operations A Standard user can check printer information and start apps For information about the functions that each user can use refer to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window If you are using MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen to set the printer to Multiuser mode Each user can then start an app and print documents Note If ...

Страница 163: ... To set Multiuser mode without sending a notification e mail select Cancel Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 163 ...

Страница 164: ... app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister t...

Страница 165: ... the LAN environment is connected to the Internet Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer s home screen and select Setup Various settings Web service inquiry If your model has monochrome LCD monitor Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Check that the printer is connected to a LAN an...

Страница 166: ...ud Printing Center services If your model has color LCD monitor On the printer s Home screen select Setup Various settings Web service setup Web service connection setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Delete from this service to delete the service registration If your model has monochrome LCD monitor On the printer operation panel select the Setup button and then select Web service setup Connectio...

Страница 167: ...receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play Follow the steps below to print photos easily 1 Download Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY For iOS For Android 2 Connect printer to Wi Fi by following instructions on application screen 3 Select photo in Photo Print of application and then ...

Страница 168: ...jsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage enviro...

Страница 169: ...E ACCOUNT page of Evernote for account creation Settings For Windows In the Settings Dialog Box of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then select Evernote for Send to an application in Application Settings Refer to Settings Dialog Box for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details For Mac OS In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then sele...

Страница 170: ...ng Originals Where to Load Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder Loading Based on Use Supported Originals Inserting a USB Flash Drive Inserting a USB Flash Drive Removing a USB Flash Drive Replacing Ink Tanks Replacing Ink Tanks Checking Ink Status on the LCD 170 ...

Страница 171: ...Loading Paper Paper Sources Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 171 ...

Страница 172: ...ized paper or smaller Set to position C for paper of A4 or Letter size or smaller The cassette is not flush against the machine but you can cover it by pulling out the paper output tray Set the cassette to this position for normal use D Lock position for paper larger than A4 or Letter size Set to position D for paper larger than A4 size such as Legal sized paper In this position the cassette is no...

Страница 173: ...correct sizes and types of paper Incorrect page size and media type settings may cause improper print quality For instructions on loading paper in the cassette see these sections Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 173 ...

Страница 174: ...per is curled flatten it Note Align the edges of paper neatly before loading it Loading an uneven stack of paper may cause paper jams If paper is curled gently bend the curled corners in the opposite direction to flatten the paper For details on how to flatten curled paper see Correct curl before loading paper in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Slight curling of Photo Paper Plus Semi...

Страница 175: ...ading paper in landscape orientation D may cause paper jams Note Some paper such as photo paper has distinct top and bottom surfaces Load this paper with the whiter or glossy side facing down Align the stack of paper with the edge of the cassette as shown Feeding problems may occur if the paper is touching the protrusion E To load paper 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm or smaller lift the tab F on the paper guide...

Страница 176: ... paper guide A with the stack The paper guide A clicks into place when aligned with a page size marked on the cassette 6 Slide the right paper guide B to align the right and left guides with both edges of the stack Do not set the paper guides too firmly against the paper which may cause feeding problems 176 ...

Страница 177: ...Letter sized or smaller The cassette stops at the same position as the extended paper output tray which then covers the cassette Paper larger than A4 or Letter size The cassette protrudes past the paper output tray Do not force the cassette into the machine any further which may damage the machine or cassette 8 Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type and then press ...

Страница 178: ...the output tray extension J and open the paper output support K Note Before printing select the size and type of paper loaded either on the print settings screen of the operation panel or in the printer driver 178 ...

Страница 179: ...e For details on sizes and weights of paper you can use see Supported Media Types 1 Prepare the envelopes To flatten the envelopes press down on the corners and edges If the envelopes are curled hold opposite corners and gently bend them the opposite way Flatten any flaps that are bent Using a pen press the leading edge in the direction of insertion to flatten the envelope Side view of the envelop...

Страница 180: ...oad the envelopes face DOWN centered in the cassette The flap will face up as shown below Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once Note Align the stack of envelopes with the edge of the cassette as shown Feeding problems may occur if the envelopes are touching the protrusion C 180 ...

Страница 181: ...he paper guides too firmly against the envelopes which may cause feeding problems Note Do not load envelopes past the load limit mark D Keep the stack height below the paper guide tabs E 7 Insert the cassette Push the cassette into the machine until it stops After you insert the cassette a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 181 ...

Страница 182: ...age size and Type and then press the OK button Paper Settings 9 Pull out the output tray extension F and then open the paper output support G Note Before printing select the size and type of loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 182 ...

Страница 183: ...Loading Originals Where to Load Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder Loading Based on Use Supported Originals 183 ...

Страница 184: ...inals consider the size and type of originals and the purpose of use Supported Originals Loading Originals Photos or Books on the platen glass Loading Multiple Documents of the Same Size and Thickness in the ADF Individual documents can also be loaded in the ADF Note For best results load originals on the platen glass 184 ...

Страница 185: ...Loading Based on Use Important Note these precautions when loading originals on the platen glass Do not place any objects weighing 4 4 lb 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not apply pressure of 4 4 lb 2 0 kg or more against the platen glass as by pressing down on originals This may prevent correct scanning or damage the platen glass 3 Close the document cover gently Important After loading an ...

Страница 186: ...document in the document tray until the machine beeps Load documents face UP in the document tray Supported Originals Note No tone is played if you have silenced beeping in Device user settings Sound control Device user settings 4 Adjust the document guides A to match the width of the document Do not set the document guides too firmly against the document which may cause feeding problems 186 ...

Страница 187: ...cify a standard size such as A4 Letter to scan originals Place the original face DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the alignment mark The diagonally striped area is outside the scanning area Important The striped area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass is outside the scanning area Center One Original on the platen glass When selecting Doc type Photo in Scan and specifying...

Страница 188: ...originals and from the edges of the platen glass The diagonally striped area is outside the scanning area You can load up to 12 originals at once A At least 0 4 inch 1 cm Note Skew Correction automatically straightens images scanned from originals loaded askew up to approximately 10 However scans of photos with a long edge of 7 1 inches 180 mm or more that are loaded askew cannot be corrected Non ...

Страница 189: ...in 5 8 x 5 8 inches 148 x 148 mm Duplex copying or 2 on 1 4 on 1 copying A4 Letter only Quantity A4 Letter Max 50 sheets 20 lb 75 g m2 paper up to 0 20 inch 5 mm high Legal Max 10 sheets 20 lb 75 g m2 paper up to 0 04 inch 1 mm high Other sizes 1 sheet Thickness 0 003 to 0 005 inch 0 07 to 0 13 mm Weight 16 0 to 25 3 lb 60 to 95 g m2 Note Make sure any liquids on documents such as glue ink or corr...

Страница 190: ... Glued documents Documents with sticky notes Documents on carbon paper Documents on coated paper Documents on onion skin or other thin paper Photos or excessively thick documents 190 ...

Страница 191: ...Inserting a USB Flash Drive Inserting a USB Flash Drive Removing a USB Flash Drive 191 ...

Страница 192: ...to Photo and Format set to JPEG file extension jpg Note This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft If the USB flash drive does not fit in the machine s USB flash drive port you may need an extension cable for it This accessory is available at electronics stores Not all USB flash drives may be detected by the machine and correct operation is not guaranteed Secure USB flash dr...

Страница 193: ...mportant Do not remove a USB flash drive or turn off the machine while the machine is reading or writing data Note If your USB flash drive has an access indicator check it to make sure reading or writing is finished Refer to the USB flash drive instruction manual as needed 2 Remove the USB flash drive Hold the USB flash drive and pull it straight out of the machine 193 ...

Страница 194: ...Replacing Ink Tanks Replacing Ink Tanks Checking Ink Status on the LCD 194 ...

Страница 195: ... for replacement of those ink tanks Caution Do not stop the moving print head holder or force it to a different position Do not touch the print head holder until it stops moving Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate...

Страница 196: ... display the screen for the next ink tank to replace Important Place the removed ink tank into a plastic bag immediately after removing from the machine Otherwise ink residue may stain your clothes or the surrounding area Do not touch parts other than ink tanks Follow local regulations when discarding used ink tanks Handle ink tanks carefully Do not drop them or press hard on them 3 Remove the ink...

Страница 197: ...e label under the installation position and install the ink tank in the correct position 5 Push the ink tank in firmly until it clicks into place 6 Press the right Function button to select Exit If Next is displayed another ink tank can be replaced To replace the next ink tank press the right Function button and repeat this procedure from step 2 197 ...

Страница 198: ...ks Installed ink tanks cannot be removed until a replacement message appears 7 Close the front cover After ink tank replacement the machine starts mixing the ink automatically Wait until this noise stops Mixing takes 1 2 minutes Note Respond to any error messages as needed Message Appears If the print head is out of alignment as when parallel lines are not printed parallel align the print head The...

Страница 199: ...nd leave them outside the machine In this state ink tanks will dry out which may prevent correct operation when they are reinstalled To maintain optimal print quality use up ink tanks within six months after you install them Note Color ink may be consumed even when printing black and white originals or when black and white printing is specified All colors of ink are also consumed during standard a...

Страница 200: ...te Ink levels on this screen are estimates You can also display the Current estimated ink levels screen by selecting Setup on the HOME screen and then Estimated ink levels in the setup menu To check the ink tank model number display the Ink number screen by pressing the right Function button Selecting Print number on this screen enables you to print the ink tank model number Selecting Order ink no...

Страница 201: ...Maintenance If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Windows Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Mac OS Cleaning 201 ...

Страница 202: ...Faint or Uneven Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Deep Print Head Cleaning Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Manually 202 ...

Страница 203: ...rinting the Nozzle Check Pattern From your computer Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Windows Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Mac OS Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern Some missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Step3 Clean the print head From your machine Cleaning the Print Head From your computer Cleaning the Print Heads Windows Cleaning the Print Heads Mac OS After cleaning ...

Страница 204: ...Leave the machine plugged in after you turn it off If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center To Correct Misalignment Step Align the print head From your machine Aligning the Print Head From your computer Aligning the Print Head Position Windows Aligning the Print Head Position Mac OS 204 ...

Страница 205: ...Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Print nozzle check pattern and then press the OK button A confirmation screen is displayed 5 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette Important The screen for registering page size and media type is not displayed during any of the o...

Страница 206: ...7 Select Yes and then press the OK button After the nozzle check pattern is printed two pattern confirmation screens are displayed 8 Examine the nozzle check pattern 206 ...

Страница 207: ... or horizontal white streaks B Some missing lines and horizontal white streaks E Number of pages printed to date 2 On the checking screen select patterns that most resemble the printed nozzle check pattern In the case of A no missing lines or horizontal white streaks in both patterns C and D No cleaning is required Select All A and then press the OK button Check the message and then press the OK b...

Страница 208: ...th patterns Cleaning is required Select Also B and then press the OK button A cleaning confirmation screen is displayed Select Yes and then press the OK button The machine now starts cleaning the print head Cleaning the Print Head Note On the nozzle check printout the record of total pages printed is indicated in increments of 50 pages 208 ...

Страница 209: ...nt Heads Mac OS Cleaning from the operation panel cleans all print head colors What you will need one sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure the machine is on 2 Select Setup on the HOME screen and then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Cleaning an...

Страница 210: ...erations available in the Maintenance screen Therefore printing will be executed even if paper other than A4 or Letter sized plain paper is loaded 7 Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support 8 Select Yes and then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern is now printed 9 Examine the nozzle check pattern Note If printing problems remain even after you clean the print h...

Страница 211: ...ans all print head colors What you will need one sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure the machine is on 2 Select Setup on the HOME screen and then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Deep cleaning and then press the OK button A confirmation screen...

Страница 212: ... tray extension and open the paper output support 8 Select Yes and then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern is now printed 9 Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that deep print head cleaning is finished 10 Examine the nozzle check pattern If printing problems remain turn the machine off wait at least 24 hours and perform deep print head cleaning again Leave the mach...

Страница 213: ... then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Auto head alignment and then press the OK button A confirmation screen is displayed 5 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette Important The screen for registering page size and media type is not di...

Страница 214: ...r message appears on the LCD Message Appears 8 Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that print head alignment is finished Note If printing is still unsatisfactory after automatic print head alignment align the print head manually You can also align the print head manually from a computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually Windows Aligning the Print Head Position Manual...

Страница 215: ...nel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Manual head alignment and then press the OK button A confirmation screen is displayed Note To print and check the current head position alignment values select Print the head alignment value 5 Load two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette Importa...

Страница 216: ...Yes after Did the patterns print correctly is displayed and then press the OK button The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed 9 Examine the first patterns In column A find the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable and then use the or button to select the number of that pattern Note If all patterns look different choose the pattern in which vertical streaks ...

Страница 217: ...hen press the OK button The second set of patterns is printed 12 Examine the second patterns In column N find the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable and then use the or button to select the number of that pattern Note If all patterns look different choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable C Subtle horizontal streaks D Noticeable horizontal streaks 2...

Страница 218: ...ring pattern numbers for columns O to T and then press the OK button For column P choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable 14 Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that print head alignment is finished 218 ...

Страница 219: ...Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Windows Cleaning the Print Heads Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern 219 ...

Страница 220: ...ute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more...

Страница 221: ...essage 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Clean...

Страница 222: ...er setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the in...

Страница 223: ... box opens Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the conf...

Страница 224: ...ick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed Important Do not open the front cover while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks in the ass...

Страница 225: ...ast noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 225 ...

Страница 226: ...k Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialo...

Страница 227: ...eaning Exterior Surfaces Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the ADF Auto Document Feeder Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers Cleaning Inside the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Cleaning Cassette Pads 227 ...

Страница 228: ...it off Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off Unplugging the machine will reset the date time setting and erase all documents in the machine s memory Send faxes print documents or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine To avoid scratching surfaces do not clean with tissue paper paper towels or rough textured cloth Additionally paper ...

Страница 229: ...ith tissue paper paper towels or rough textured cloth Additionally paper dust or fibers may remain in the machine and clog the print head or affect printing quality Never clean the machine with detergent or volatile chemicals such as thinner benzine or acetone which may cause malfunction or damage surfaces Use a soft dry cloth that is clean and lint free Wipe away any smudges or dust on the platen...

Страница 230: ...ing the machine will reset the date time setting and erase all documents in the machine s memory Send faxes print documents or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine To avoid scratching surfaces do not clean with tissue paper paper towels or rough textured cloth Additionally paper dust or fibers may remain in the machine and clog the print head or affect printing qu...

Страница 231: ...4 When finished push the document feeder cover closed until it clicks into place 5 Close the document tray 231 ...

Страница 232: ...eration Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Roller cleaning and then press the OK button A confirmation screen is displayed 5 Select Yes and then press the OK button 6 Follow the instructions to remove any paper from the cassette 7 Press the OK button The paper feed rollers rotate as they are cleane...

Страница 233: ...other than A4 or Letter sized plain paper is loaded 9 Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support 10 Press the OK button Cleaning begins again Once the paper is ejected cleaning is finished 11 Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that cleaning is finished If the problem remains after you clean the paper feed rollers contact the service center 233 ...

Страница 234: ...ration Panel The setup menu screen is displayed 3 Select Maintenance and then press the OK button The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Select Bottom plate cleaning and then press the OK button A confirmation screen is displayed 5 Select Yes and then press the OK button 6 Follow the instructions to remove any paper from the cassette and then press the OK button 7 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Lette...

Страница 235: ...ion and open the paper output support 11 Press the OK button The paper now cleans inside the machine as it passes through Check the ridges of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 12 Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that cleaning is finished Note When repeating Bottom Plate Cleaning use a new sheet of paper If the problem remai...

Страница 236: ... machine has finished sending or receiving faxes before turning it off Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off Unplugging the machine will reset the date time setting and erase all documents in the machine s memory Send faxes print documents or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine 236 ...

Страница 237: ...will need cotton swab 1 Pull out the cassette and remove the paper 2 Use a moistened cotton swab to wipe away any dirt or debris on the pad A Important After cleaning allow the pad to dry completely 3 Reload the paper and insert the cassette Note If a message appears after you insert the cassette press the OK button If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 237 ...

Страница 238: ...mputer Mac OS Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Printer s Setting Using Web Browser Network Connection Network Connection Tips Network Settings IJ Network Device Setup Utility Windows IJ Network Device Setup Utility Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Performing Network Settings Checking Network Status IJ Network Device Setup Utility Men...

Страница 239: ...g Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Check Paper Settings Before Printing Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper Canceling Print Jobs Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Machine Legal Restrictions on Scanning Copying Specifications 239 ...

Страница 240: ...Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information WEEE EU EEA 240 ...

Страница 241: ... Accidental dropping of the printer causes injury For the printer s weight refer to the Specifications Do not place any object on the printer Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the printer Do not transport or use the printer on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the printer W...

Страница 242: ...ar la foudre 3 Ne pas utiliser l appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz s il est situé près de la fuite ATTENTION Pour réduire les risques d incendie utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de télécommunications 26 AWG au de section supérleure Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10434 Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365 This device complies with Part 15 of ...

Страница 243: ...t and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 Pre Installation Requirements Order Information When ordering service from the telephone company for this equipment the following may be required Universal Service Order Code USOC RJ11C The Facility Interface Code FIC 02LS2 Service Order Cod...

Страница 244: ... the Telephone Company If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and services that may affect the operation of this equipment When such changes are necessary the telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user However if advance no...

Страница 245: ...riques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps à l exception des extrémités mains poignets pieds et chevilles Conditions de pré installation Avis Le présent produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques applicables d Innovation Sciences et Développement économique Canada L indice d équiv...

Страница 246: ... power consumption After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Sleep Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise e...

Страница 247: ...ronik Altgeräte 2012 19 EU und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden Dies kann z B durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro und Elektronik Altgeräten geschehen Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Alt...

Страница 248: ...die veel voorkomen in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur EEA Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen Voor meer informatie over waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats de reinigingsdienst of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf U kunt ook het sch...

Страница 249: ... de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de productes RAEE visiteu www canon europe com weee Solo per Unione Europea e SEE Norvegia Islanda e Liechtenstein Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva RAEE 2012 19 UE e alla normativa locale vigente Il prodotto deve essere ...

Страница 250: ...ler produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald Forkert håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt bidrager du til effektiv brug af...

Страница 251: ...Euroopan unionin sekä ETA n Norja Islanti ja Liechtenstein alueelle Tämä tunnus osoittaa että sähkö ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi SER direktiivi 2012 19 EU sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö ja e...

Страница 252: ...y Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu Další informace týkající se vracení a recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www ca...

Страница 253: ...rópskej únie a EHP Nórsko Island a Lichtenštajnsko Tento symbol znamená že podľa Smernice 2012 19 EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení OEEZ a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne napr prostredníctvom výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu alebo na autorizované z...

Страница 254: ...s ar vietējo pašvaldību atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu pilnvarotu EEIA struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www canon europe com weee Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE Norvegijai Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui Šis ženklas reiškia kad gaminio negalima išmesti s...

Страница 255: ... обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за ефективното използване на природните ресурси Повече информация относно местата където може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране може да получите от местните власти от органа отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от употреба ЕЕО или от Ваша...

Страница 256: ...om uredu komunalnoj službi odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www canon europe com weee Korisnici u Srbiji Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru za...

Страница 257: ...Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply LCD and Operation Panel Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 257 ...

Страница 258: ...Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel 258 ...

Страница 259: ...to match the width of documents in the ADF 5 document tray Open to load documents in the ADF You can load multiple pages of the same size and thickness Load documents face up 6 document output slot Ejects documents scanned in the ADF 7 document cover Open to load originals on the platen glass 8 front cover Open to replace ink tanks or clear internal paper jams 9 paper output tray Pull out to suppo...

Страница 260: ...drive port This may cause fire electric shock or damage to the machine Important Do not touch any exposed metal parts Do not connect USB cables longer than 10 feet 3 meters which may affect operation of other peripherals 13 cassette Load paper here Load a stack of the same size and type of paper which will be fed automatically one sheet at a time Paper Sources 14 platen glass Load originals here 2...

Страница 261: ...hone line jack Connect the phone cord 4 external device jack Connect a telephone or answering machine 5 USB port Connect the USB cable for a direct connection with a computer Important Do not touch any exposed metal parts Do not connect or disconnect the USB cable while printing or scanning from a computer 261 ...

Страница 262: ...Inside View 1 ink tank eject lever Push up to remove ink tanks 2 print head holder The print head is pre installed Note For instructions on replacing ink tanks see Replacing Ink Tanks 262 ...

Страница 263: ...so used to enter information LCD and Operation Panel 6 Color button Starts color copying scanning or faxing 7 Black button Starts black and white copying scanning or faxing 8 Stop button Cancels printing copying scanning or faxing in progress 9 Alarm lamp Lights up or flashes in case of errors 10 Numeric button Used to enter information such as the number of copies fax telephone numbers or text 11...

Страница 264: ...previous screen 14 Function buttons Used to select function menu items on the bottom of the LCD Using the Function Buttons 15 FAX Memory lamp When lit indicates that there are received or unsent documents in the machine s memory 264 ...

Страница 265: ...Power Supply Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Checking the Power Plug Power Cord Unplugging the Machine 265 ...

Страница 266: ...it requires a warm up period of about 20 seconds before any operations Wait until the HOME screen is displayed The LCD turns off automatically after about 5 minutes of inactivity To activate the display again press a button other than the ON button or perform a printing operation The display is also activated when receiving faxes The time before LCD deactivation cannot be adjusted 266 ...

Страница 267: ...sage appears on the LCD see Message Appears You can schedule automatic power on at specified times on specified days of the week ECO settings You can set the machine to turn on automatically when printing is started from a machine connected by USB or network or when scanning or fax reception is started This feature is disabled by default ECO settings Turning the machine off 1 Press the ON button t...

Страница 268: ... in the machine s memory You can schedule automatic power off at specified times on specified days of the week ECO settings You can set the machine to turn off automatically after a specified period when no operations are performed or print jobs are received from a computer The machine cannot be turned off when a telephone is connected This feature is enabled by default ECO settings 268 ...

Страница 269: ...s not affected by these problems Excessively hot Corroded Bent Worn Cracked or split Caution If the power plug power cord case is affected by these or other problems unplug the machine and request service Continuing to use the machine with any of these problems may cause a fire or electric shock 269 ...

Страница 270: ... may cause the print head to dry out or become clogged which may affect print quality Unplugging the machine will reset the date time setting and erase all documents in the machine s memory Send faxes print documents or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off 3 Unplug the machine Power...

Страница 271: ...or option on a screen and then press the OK button B To return to the previous screen press the Back button C Using the Function Buttons Function menu items D are displayed as needed on the bottom of the LCD To use a function here press the corresponding Function button E F or G The number and nature of function menu items varies depending on the screen Check function menu items on the bottom of t...

Страница 272: ...AN settings Press the center Function button F to display the Current estimated ink levels screen From there you can check current ink levels Press the right Function button G to display the Register cassette paper info screen From there you can check the cassette s page size and media type settings 272 ...

Страница 273: ... for lowercase letters uppercase letters and numbers To switch modes press the button A The mode cycles from lowercase to uppercase to numeric mode The current input mode is indicated on the bottom right of the LCD Note Only numbers and symbols that are available for the type of information you are entering are displayed such as numbers for telephone or fax number input 273 ...

Страница 274: ...delete and then press the center Function button C to select To insert a space Press the right Function button D to select Space To insert a symbol Press the button E repeatedly to display the desired symbol When finished press the OK button F Characters Assigned to Numeric Buttons Button Lowercase Mode abc Uppercase Mode ABC Numeric Mode 123 Fax Telephone No 1 1 abcåäáàãâæç ABCÅÄÁÀÃÂÆÇ 2 2 defëéè...

Страница 275: ...wxyzý WXYZÝ 9 9 0 0 _ SP 1 2 2 Switches the input mode 1 SP For entering a blank space 2 Only available when network settings are entered 275 ...

Страница 276: ...ging Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Mac OS Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Printer s Setting Using Web Browser 276 ...

Страница 277: ...Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 277 ...

Страница 278: ...ta being cut off The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab The Print Options dialog box opens Note When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is di...

Страница 279: ... a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary change the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save The Save Commonly Used Settings di...

Страница 280: ...ver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setu...

Страница 281: ... off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again Important You cannot receive faxes when the printer is switched off 2...

Страница 282: ... you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If b...

Страница 283: ...Note The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 283 ...

Страница 284: ...ead Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is...

Страница 285: ...ing the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with ...

Страница 286: ...rint settings LAN settings Device user settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Administrator password setting Operation restrictions Reset setting Web service setup System information ECO settings Quiet setting Registering Favorite Settings Custom profiles Checking the Total Number of Uses of Machine 286 ...

Страница 287: ...per abrasion as an example 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select Setup on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and press OK button The Device settings screen appears 4 Select setting item and press OK button The setting screen for the selected item is displayed 5 Select item and press OK button 6 Select setting item and press OK button 287 ...

Страница 288: ...For more on setting items on the operation panel Setting Items on Operation Panel 288 ...

Страница 289: ...d on Operation Panel Items for Security Administrator password setting Operation restrictions Items for Printer FAX settings Device user settings Web service setup Language selection ECO settings Quiet setting Registering Favorite Settings Custom profiles Items for Paper Printing Print settings Cassette settings Paper Settings Items for Maintenance Management System information Firmware update LAN...

Страница 290: ...ng User Information Telephone line type Selects the telephone line type setting for the printer Setting Telephone Line Type Note This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Advanced FAX settings Auto redial Enables disables automatic redialing If you select ON you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between...

Страница 291: ... incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper If you select ON you can select the image reduction direction Adv communication settings ECM TX Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode ECM Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM ECM RX Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode ECM Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM TX start speed Selects the fax transm...

Страница 292: ...nt for each TX you can specify the print setting that the first page of the fax is printed along with the report RX report Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax If you print RX REPORT select Print error only or Print for each RX Print when out of ink Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the printer s memory when the ink has run o...

Страница 293: ...er s Caller ID If the sender s ID matches the condition specified in this setting the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from the sender If you select Yes on the subscribing confirmation screen you can specify the settings of rejection Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls Note This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase Contact your telephone co...

Страница 294: ... from Device settings on Setup Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged Important Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality 294 ...

Страница 295: ... LAN manually using the operation panel of the printer WPS Push button method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS push button method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Other setup Advanced setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually You can specify multiple WEP keys WPS PIN code method Sel...

Страница 296: ...X XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 32 characters MAC address XX XX XX XX XX XX 12 characters Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX up to 15 characters Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX up to 52 characters Root cert thumbprint SHA 1 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Root cert thumbprint SHA 256 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX X...

Страница 297: ...XXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters Other settings Important You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN Direct connection settings Setting items are available when you connect a device to the printer Important You can select these setting items only when Activate direct connect is selected for Change LAN Update SSID password Selecting Yes updates the i...

Страница 298: ... you to receive the WSD printing data faster WSD scan from this device Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Bonjour settings Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS Enable disable Bonjour Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings Service name Specifies the Bonjour serv...

Страница 299: ...tting Enables disables the summer time setting If you select ON you can select additional sub settings This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Start date time Sets the date and time that summer time starts Month Specify the month Week Specify the week DOW Specify the day of the week The screen to set the shift time to start summer time will be displayed aft...

Страница 300: ...ey repeat Enables Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the button when changing the photo displayed on the LCD setting the zoom ratio etc Device info sending setting Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon The information sent to Canon will be utilized to develop better products Select Agree to send the printer usage information to Canon Power control...

Страница 301: ...o not control power Disables the function to turn on off the printer automatically Note You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Power control on the HOME screen ECO settings 301 ...

Страница 302: ...tern Africa Ghana UTC 1 00 Central European Time France Germany West Africa Time Nigeria Congo UTC 2 00 Eastern European Time Finland Greece Central Africa Time South Africa UTC 3 00 Russia Kaliningrad Ukraine Belarus Saudi Arabia East Africa Time UTC 3 30 Iran UTC 4 00 Russia Moscow Azerbaijan Georgia United Arab Emirates Mauritius UTC 4 30 Afghanistan UTC 5 00 Pakistan UTC 5 30 India UTC 5 45 Ne...

Страница 303: ...nds New Caledonia UTC 12 00 Russia Magadan New Zealand Fiji Kiribati Gilbert Islands UTC 12 45 New Zealand Chatham Island UTC 13 00 Tonga Kiribati Phoenix Islands Samoa From 2011 12 31 Tokelau From 2011 12 31 UTC 14 00 Kiribati Line Islands 303 ...

Страница 304: ...ting item from Device settings on Setup Important The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel Changes the language for the messages and menus on the LCD 304 ...

Страница 305: ...deleted You cannot start the firmware update under the following conditions While the printer is sending or receiving a fax While the printer is storing the unprinted fax in printer s memory memory reception When the unsent faxes are stored in the printer s memory Note If the firmware update is not complete check the following and take an appropriate action Check the network settings such as a wir...

Страница 306: ...ng For more on the combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD For Windows Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size For Mac OS Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size Detect paper setting...

Страница 307: ...d If you specify the administrator password select the range and specify the administrator password Remote UI or other tools Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using Remote UI or some software LCD Remote UI or other tools Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation panel of the printer Remote UI or some so...

Страница 308: ...rd 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select Setup on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and press OK button The Device settings screen appears 4 Select Administrator password setting and press OK button 5 When confirmation screen to specify administrator password is displayed select Yes and press OK button If an administrator password is not specified the register confir...

Страница 309: ...The following character restrictions apply to the password Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters For security reasons we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters 9 Select Apply and press OK button 10 Enter administrator password you specified again 11 Select Apply and press OK button The administrator password is ena...

Страница 310: ...sh drive or a shared folder on the computer Note When no operation restrictions are enabled the confirmation screen to enable operation restrictions is displayed Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button enables you to restrict operations If you have already restricted any operations the menu items are displayed Selecting Change operation restrictions and pressing the OK button enables you to chang...

Страница 311: ...ou have already performed operation restriction setting the menu items are displayed Select Change operation restrictions and press the OK button 7 Select operation you want to restrict and press OK button After you have selected the operation you want to restrict the setting items are displayed Use the button to select an item and press the OK button Copy Restricts copying operations If you selec...

Страница 312: ...s left Function button The operation restrictions you selected are enabled Note If you disable all restrictions select Cancel operation restrictions in step 6 and press the OK button When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button To disable each operation restriction select the item in step 7 press the OK button select Do not restrict and then press the OK button Disa...

Страница 313: ...n 11 Enter password you specified again 12 Press OK button The override password is enabled Note Receiving a fax is restricted even though operation restriction is disabled by the override password If the LCD turns off while disabling operation restriction temporarily enter the override password again to resume the printer 313 ...

Страница 314: ... all registered telephone fax numbers Settings only Returns the settings such as the paper size media type or other setting items back to the default The LAN settings and the telephone fax number are not returned back to the default Device info sending setting only Applies the setting not to send the device information to Canon E mail address book entries only Deletes all registered e mail address...

Страница 315: ...nformation settings screen Setting Sender Information 2 Use button to select user s name or telephone number and delete all characters or numbers 3 Press OK button when you finished deleting all characters or numbers Agree is selected for Device info sending setting on Device user settings after you have reset the setting to send device information However the printer does not send device informat...

Страница 316: ...r to from Google Cloud Print IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Registers Deletes the printer to from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Check Web service setup Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center DNS server setup Performs settings for a DNS server Select Auto setup or Manual setup If you select Manual setup follow the display on the ...

Страница 317: ... information on Setup Current version Displays the current firmware version Printer name Displays the printer name currently specified Serial number Displays the printer serial number MAC address of wireless LAN Displays the MAC address of wireless LAN 317 ...

Страница 318: ... Turn on off Printer Automatically Note You cannot enable the functions below at the same time Turning on off the printer automatically Specifying the time and day to turn on off the printer automatically Important The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel Using Duplex Printing Follow the procedure below to use duplex...

Страница 319: ...icon is displayed on each menu of the HOME screen or on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen Turning On Off Printer Automatically Follow the procedure below to enable turning on off the printer automatically 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select ECO settings on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Power control and press OK button 4 Select Enable auto powe...

Страница 320: ...or printing data is sent to the printer Specifying Time and Day to Turn on off Printer Automatically Follow the procedure below to use power saving function 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select ECO settings on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Power control and press OK button 4 Select Enable scheduling and press OK button 5 Check message and press OK button 6 Specify settings as n...

Страница 321: ...the screen to specify the day is displayed Use the button to select the day use the button to select Enable or Disable and then press the OK button The setting is valid on the day s you select Enable for When you specify the time and day to turn the printer off 1 Select Auto OFF timer settings and press OK button 2 Select Enable on displayed screen and press OK button 3 Check message and press OK ...

Страница 322: ...fter confirming the time to turn the printer off the screen to specify the day is displayed Use the button to select the day use the button to select Enable or Disable and then press the OK button The setting is valid on the day s you select Enable for 322 ...

Страница 323: ...ed on 2 Select Quiet setting on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Use quiet mode or Use during specified hours and press OK button When Use quiet mode is selected The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon When Use during specified hours is selected The Quiet mode hours screen is displayed Use the button to move the cursor under the desired ...

Страница 324: ...er s setting Furthermore certain noise such as when the printer is preparing for printing is not reduced Note You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer For Windows you can set the quiet...

Страница 325: ...mission standby screen When the confirmation screen of Save profile is displayed select Yes and press the OK button When the screen to enter the name of the setting is displayed enter the name and press the OK button Note If you press the OK button without entering the name the name currently shown is applied as the name of the setting Calling Up the Registered Setting Follow the procedure below t...

Страница 326: ...2 Select the setting you want to move and press OK button 3 Move the selected setting 4 Press right Function button 5 Press right Function button again To change the name of the registered settings 1 Select Rename and press OK button 2 Select setting you want to rename and press OK button 3 Enter new name and press OK button Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 4 Press right Function button To del...

Страница 327: ...the device Displays the total number of printing No of sheets used for copying Displays the total number of copying No of sheets used for FAX Displays the total number of received or printed faxes Sheets used for other functions Displays the total number of printing other than copying or faxing Number of FAX sheets sent Displays the total number of sent faxes Number of sheets scanned Displays the ...

Страница 328: ...ing Using Web Browser Changing Settings Using Web Browser Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser Setting Password Setting Mail Server Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data Receiving Printer Status by E mail 328 ...

Страница 329: ... iOS 7 0 or later Web browser iOS standard Web browser Mobile Safari Android device OS Android 4 0 or later Web browser Android standard Web browser Browser or Chrome Mac OS device OS Mac OS X v 10 6 or later Web browser Safari 5 1 or later Windows device OS Windows Vista SP2 or later Web browser Internet Explorer 9 or later Google Chrome 41 0 2272 118m or later Mozilla Firefox 37 0 1 or later 1 M...

Страница 330: ...load the root certificate again and then register it If the root certificate is not registered a message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed may appear 5 Select Log on The password authentication screen appears Note When the standard user mode is enabled choose either administrator mode or standard user mode to log on After choosing a mode and selecting Log on the password aut...

Страница 331: ...For changeable setting items see below Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser 8 When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings select Log off 9 Close web browser 331 ...

Страница 332: ... each help Important Make sure that you have accessed to the printer IP address correctly by checking the URL field of the web browser before registering the root certificate For Internet Explorer 1 Select Download on Remote UI Downloading the root certificate is started 2 If confirmation screen appears select Open Certificate screen is displayed Note To save the certificate file to your device an...

Страница 333: ... Safari 1 Select Download on Remote UI Downloading the root certificate is started 2 Open the download file Add Certificates screen is displayed 3 Select Add 4 Make sure that thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer s thumbprint For printer s thumbprint press the HOME button select Setup Device settings LAN settings Confirm LAN settings check Root cert thumbprint SHA 1 or Root ...

Страница 334: ...tificate information matches printer s thumbprint Follow the steps below Note Some Android devices cannot check the thumprint of a registered root certificate 1 From Settings menu on your device select Security Trust credentials and USER The list of downloaded certificates is displayed 2 Select downloaded certificate The certificate information is displayed 3 Make sure that thumbprint of certifica...

Страница 335: ...3 Select Install 4 Select Install on displayed dialog The root certificate registration is completed 335 ...

Страница 336: ...the connection of a specific IP address for IPv4 address or IPv6 address Using SNMP settings in Other settings in LAN settings you can specify the SNMP and MIB setting to management the printer via a network Important If you has refused the IP address of administrator s device using IP filtering by mistake reset LAN settings of the printer For resetting LAN settings see Reset setting Note Some of ...

Страница 337: ...llows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center or delete a registration Other Items Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Records of use This function displays the total number of uses of the print...

Страница 338: ... number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters four alphabets followed by five numbers 1 Display printer status on web browser 2 Select Security The menus are displayed 3 Select Administrator password setting 4 Select Change administrator password If the administrator password is not set registration confirming message is displayed Select Yes Whe...

Страница 339: ...andard user mode and set a standard user password by following the steps below 1 Display printer status on web browser 2 Select Security The menus are displayed 3 Select Standard user mode settings 4 When the confirming message is displayed select Yes 5 Enter a password and then select OK Important The following character restrictions apply to the password Set the password by using 4 to 32 charact...

Страница 340: ...l server test connect 4 Select Set mail server The setting items for mail server are displayed 5 Specify mail server settings Specify the following items Sender address Enter the e mail address of the sender this printer Outgoing mail server SMTP Enter the address of your SMTP server Port number SMTP Enter the port number of your SMTP server Secure connection SSL Select if you use the secure conne...

Страница 341: ... password by the encryption transmission Clear mailbox Select if you delete the e mails that remain in the POP3 server Important When this setting is enabled e mail in the Inbox on the server will have all been removed If you specify the e mail address of your everyday be sure to disable this setting as unread e mail is not deleted We recommended that you prepare this printer dedicated e mail acco...

Страница 342: ...lay printer status on web browser 2 Select Device settings The menus are displayed 3 Select Scan Email direct from device 4 Select E mail transmission settings The setting items for mail setting are displayed 5 Specify mail settings Specify the following items Subject Enter the title of the e mail up to 20 alphanumeric characters Note The title that you specify here is the initial title when sendi...

Страница 343: ...he information settings by following the steps below 1 Display printer status on web browser 2 Select Device settings The menus are displayed 3 Select Status notification e mail 4 Select Notification recipients The screen to register the destination is displayed 5 Specify destination settings Up to 5 destinations can be registered by following the steps below 1 Select number of destination 2 Selec...

Страница 344: ...The resending setting is completed 344 ...

Страница 345: ...Network Connection Network Connection Tips 345 ...

Страница 346: ...tion Tips Default Network Settings Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method 346 ...

Страница 347: ...ing 1 minute Enable disable Bonjour Enable Service name Canon MB2100 series LPR protocol setting Enable RAW protocol Enable LLMNR Active XX represents alphanumeric characters Default value depends on printer To check value use operation panel LAN settings Direct Connection Defaults Item Default SSID Identifier for direct connection DIRECT abXX MB2100series 1 Password YYYYYYYYYY 2 Wireless LAN secu...

Страница 348: ...igits of printer s MAC address The value is specified when the printer is turned on for the first time 2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time 3 ZZZZZZ represents last six digits of printer s MAC address 348 ...

Страница 349: ...c OS The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by Bonjour Check identifiers such as the MAC address the printer name specified by Bonjour and the printer s serial number to select the printer from among those that appear Note Serial number may not appear on result screen Check the printer s MAC address and the serial number by one of the follow...

Страница 350: ...mputer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection perform setup using the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website For Mac OS To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection follow the instructions on the Canon website 350 ...

Страница 351: ...ngs and press OK button If you specify the administrator password enter the password 6 Select Confirm LAN settings and press OK button 7 Check message select Yes and then press OK button 8 Press right Function button 9 Select Yes and press OK button to start printing The printer starts printing network settings information The printed network settings information is as follows Item Description Set...

Страница 352: ...ink local address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Link Local Prefix Length Link local prefix length XXX Manual Setting Manual setting Enable Disable IP Address 2 IP address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet prefix length XXX Stateless Address1 2 Stateless address 1 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Stateless Prefix Length1 2 Stateless prefix length...

Страница 353: ...ction status Active Inactive SSID SSID Direct Connection SSID Password Password Direct Connection password 10 alphanu meric characters Channel Channel 3 Encryption Encryption method AES Authentication Authentication method WPA2 PSK TCP IPv4 TCP IPv4 Enable IP Address IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX Default Gateway Default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX TCP IPv6 TCP IPv6...

Страница 354: ...cally Auto Manual Primary Server Primary server address XXX XXX XXX XXX Secondary Server Secondary server address XXX XXX XXX XXX Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable Disable Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535 Cert Fingerprt SHA 1 Certificate fingerprint SHA 1 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Cert Fingerprt SHA 256 Certif...

Страница 355: ... Network Device Setup Utility turn on cableless setup mode on the printer following the procedure below 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select LAN settings on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel If you specify the administrator password enter the password 3 Select Wireless LAN setup and press OK button 4 Select Cableless setup and press OK button 5 Check message and press OK button Follow instr...

Страница 356: ...ity Windows IJ Network Device Setup Utility Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Performing Network Settings Checking Network Status IJ Network Device Setup Utility Menus Other Network Information 356 ...

Страница 357: ...installed and printer if anything is wrong with connection Important Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details Administrator Password For improving security we recommend to change the administrator password Cha...

Страница 358: ...dows 8 1 or Windows 8 select IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Network Device Setup Utility If IJ Network Device Setup Utility is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and search for IJ Network Device Setup Utility In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start and select All Programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Device Setup Utility and then IJ Network D...

Страница 359: ...product name of detected printer The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot be used Appears when the printer has not been connected or configured Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer Note If a printer you want to use is not detected try to set the criteria for printer search Setting Criteria for Printer Sear...

Страница 360: ...wired LAN disabled on the printer setting 5 Location Displays the printer location if it is registered Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar nothing is displayed Assigning Printer Information 6 Connection Method Displays printer connection method wired or wireless LAN Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar either of the LAN connection method wired or ...

Страница 361: ...rinter Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar is displayed for the interface wireless wired LAN disabled on the printer setting 9 Device Name Displays the printer device name if it is registered Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar nothing is displayed Assigning Printer Information 10 IPv6 On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer N...

Страница 362: ...tem has the same function as Protocol Settings in the Printer menu 2 Redetects printers Note This item has the same function as Update in the View menu 3 Stops detecting printers Note This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu 4 Switches the printer list IPv4 IPv6 or USB printers Note This item has the same function as Switch IPv4 IPv6 USB in the View menu You can also display the ...

Страница 363: ...5 Displays this guide Note This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu 363 ...

Страница 364: ...s Performing Changing Wireless LAN Settings Assigning Printer Information Initializing Network Settings Changing Administrator Password Setting Criteria for Printer Search Searching Specific Printer If WEP Details Screen Appears If WPA WPA2 Details Screen Appears 364 ...

Страница 365: ...LAN displayed on Connection Method and the setting other than Unknown or Setup Completed displayed on Status to perform settings To perform setup for a USB connected printer select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method 3 Select Protocol Settings on Printer menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the passw...

Страница 366: ... server functionality must be enabled on your router 3 Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a fixed IP address Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway IPv6 settings Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar you cannot perform IPv6 settings 366 ...

Страница 367: ...are using 3 Use Manual Address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a fixed IP address Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length Note This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using 4 Use DHCPv6 Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6 Note This setting item is not avail...

Страница 368: ...r to perform change settings from printer list Select the printer with Wireless LAN displayed on Connection Method and the setting other than Unknown or Setup Completed displayed on Status to perform settings To perform setup for a USB connected printer select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and select the printer with Wireless LAN displayed on Connection Method 3 Select Protocol Setting...

Страница 369: ...twork identifier SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed The identifier for direct connection SSID appears while in direct connection 3 Search The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to For a wireless router already connected to the computer Available is displayed on Communication Status If you select a wireless router with Not Connecte...

Страница 370: ...tically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router 3 Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a fixed IP address Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway IPv6 settings Note If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar you cannot perfo...

Страница 371: ...are using 3 Use Manual Address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a fixed IP address Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length Note This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using 4 Use DHCPv6 Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6 Note This setting item is not avail...

Страница 372: ...up Utility Detected printers are listed 2 Select printer to assign location name and device name Select the printer with Available displayed on Status 3 Select Detailed Printer Settings on Printer menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator Password 4 Enter password and click OK The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears 5 Perform change setti...

Страница 373: ... printer to initialize settings Select the printer with Available displayed on Status 3 Select Reset LAN settings on Printer menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator Password 4 Enter password and click OK 5 Click Yes on the displayed screen 6 Click OK on the displayed screen The printer network settings are initialized 373 ...

Страница 374: ...ed 2 Select printer to change password Select the printer with Available displayed on Status 3 Select Change Password on Printer menu The Change Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator Password 4 Enter current password and new password 5 Enter new password in Confirm again 6 Click OK The administrator password is updated 374 ...

Страница 375: ...the operation panel and search again Setting Criteria for Printer Search Searching Specific Printer Setting Criteria for Printer Search 1 Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility 2 Select Search Settings on Option menu The Search Settings screen appears 3 Enter criteria for printer search 1 Search Time Specifies the time to search printers 2 Time out Specifies the timeout length for not receiving ...

Страница 376: ...ess Specifies the IPv4 address of the printer you want to search 2 IPv6 Address Specifies the IPv6 address of the printer you want to search 3 Host Name Specifies the host name of the printer you want to search 4 Click Search IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts searching by the specified criteria and detected printers are listed 376 ...

Страница 377: ...ed differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length 64bit 128bit Key Format ASCII 5 characters 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the wireless router 2 Click Set Important If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after t...

Страница 378: ...r The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the wireless router passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer 2 Click Set Important If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure encryption type...

Страница 379: ...tatus Checking Wireless Network Status Displaying Computer Network Information Displaying Printer Network Information Checking Connection Status between Printer and Wireless Router Checking Network Setting Difference 379 ...

Страница 380: ...ess network status from printer list Select the printer with Available displayed on Status 3 Select Check Wireless Communication Status on Printer menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator Password 4 Enter password and click OK If the printer is connected to the computer with a wireless router The screen below appears If the printer is connect...

Страница 381: ...lected in the IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen connects to and on which IJ Network Device Setup Utility is installed 1 Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility 2 Select Computer Network Information on View menu The screen below appears Clicking Copy Info copies all network information on the clipboard 3 Click OK to close screen 381 ...

Страница 382: ...o display network information from printer list Select the printer with Available displayed on Status 3 Select Printer Network Information on View menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator Password 4 Enter password and click OK The screen below appears Clicking Copy Info copies all network information on the clipboard 5 Click OK to close scree...

Страница 383: ...ty The detected printers are listed 2 Select printer to check connection status between printer and wireless router from printer list Select the printer with Available displayed on Status and Wireless LAN displayed on Connection Method 3 Select Status of Printer and Wireless Router Connection on View menu The Confirm Printer Password screen appears For more on the password refer to Administrator P...

Страница 384: ... Network Device Setup Utility The detected printers are listed 2 Select printer with Unknown or Not Set displayed on Status from printer list 3 Select Check Connection Status on View menu The screen below appears If the network status when you used the printer is different from the current status Mismatch appears on Status and the items are displayed in red Check the red items 4 Click OK to close ...

Страница 385: ...IJ Network Device Setup Utility Menus Printer Menu View Menu Option Menu Help Menu 385 ...

Страница 386: ...tion 3 Reset LAN settings Initializes the printer LAN settings Initializing Network Settings 4 Change Password Changes the password specified for the printer Changing Administrator Password 5 Check Wireless Communication Status Check wireless LAN communication status Checking Wireless Network Status 6 Set up device by using web browser Check the printer information or perform settings in detail on...

Страница 387: ...Web browser Internet Explorer 9 or later Google Chrome 41 0 2272 118m or later Mozilla Firefox 37 0 1 or later 7 Exit Finishes IJ Network Device Setup Utility 387 ...

Страница 388: ...reless channel communication status and signal strength detected by the printer Checking Connection Status between Printer and Wireless Router 4 Check Connection Status If you cannot use a printer you used on the network before compare the current network status with that when you can use the printer and check the difference Checking Network Setting Difference 5 Switch IPv4 IPv6 USB Switches the p...

Страница 389: ...Note You can also cancel printer search by clicking the icon 8 Update Searches printers again Note You can also search printers again by clicking the icon 389 ...

Страница 390: ... the items displayed on the Option menu 1 Search Settings Specifies criteria for printer search Setting Criteria for Printer Search 2 Specified Searching Searches the printer by an IP address or host name Searching Specific Printer 390 ...

Страница 391: ...Caution when Connecting to Wireless LAN Displays the caution message for wireless LAN connection 3 Changing Wired Wireless LAN Connections Displays the message on changing LAN connection method wired or wireless for the selected printer 4 About Displays IJ Network Device Setup Utility version information 391 ...

Страница 392: ...Other Network Information Technical Terms Restrictions Firewall 392 ...

Страница 393: ...peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No wireless router is required This printer does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Device Setup Utility to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is op...

Страница 394: ...nnect to another network such as a router or a computer Default router address A default IP address set for a router DHCP server functionality The router assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DHCPv6 A protocol to assign necessary information automatically when a computer connects to network DHCPv6 can be used when IPv6 is enabled D...

Страница 395: ...ven when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g I...

Страница 396: ...automatically from a specific prefix information of current network fe80 and an interface identifier generated from printer s MAC address Link Quality The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It does not support bidirectional comm...

Страница 397: ...k name or a wireless router name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode a wireless router hid...

Страница 398: ...ed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power W WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports k...

Страница 399: ...rk released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This printer supports WPA2 PSK Passphrase This encrypted key is...

Страница 400: ... encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed If you use a printer with direct connection you cannot perform the following settings Specifying an IP address manually Enabling disabling IPv6 400 ...

Страница 401: ...nction of the security software or operation system Important If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings beforehand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the netwo...

Страница 402: ...ptimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Check Paper Settings Before Printing Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper Canceling Print Jobs Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Machine 402 ...

Страница 403: ...o keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Is color in...

Страница 404: ...ny print jobs areas where paper passes through the machine may become smeared with ink To clean the inside the machine perform Bottom Plate Cleaning Confirm that paper is loaded correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the cassette load paper printing side DOWN Loading Paper Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper and then rel...

Страница 405: ... is designed for documents Each type of paper has specific preset settings that determine details such as ink application and usage and the distance from nozzles which ensures optimal print quality for the paper In contrast incorrect paper settings may impair color performance or printed surfaces may rub against the machine If printing seems blurry or colors uneven try printing again at a higher p...

Страница 406: ...the machine can compare paper information entered for the cassette to print job paper settings to ensure they match Before printing specify paper settings consistent with the cassette paper information If these settings do not match automatic paper checking if enabled will prevent incorrect printing and display an error message In this case check and correct the paper settings To check cassette pa...

Страница 407: ...ess the ON button to cancel print jobs Pressing the ON button to turn off the machine during printing may prevent the machine from printing again if print jobs are not cleared internally Press the Stop button to cancel printing 407 ...

Страница 408: ...s may cause drying or clogging Before unplugging the machine make sure the POWER lamp is not lit Important Unplugging the machine will reset the date time setting and erase all documents in the machine s memory Send faxes print documents or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine Print regularly Just as felt tip pens dry up and become unusable even when capped if not...

Страница 409: ...label the box FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE 1 Turn the machine off 2 After confirming that the POWER lamp is off unplug the machine Important Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing This may damage the machine or cause it to malfunction which may prevent you from printing 3 Take out the cassette and remove the paper Shorten the cassette in preparation for stowing them insid...

Страница 410: ... of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identification badges or insignia Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted wor...

Страница 411: ...midity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Storage environment Temperature 32 to 104...

Страница 412: ...anning size Platen Glass A4 Letter 8 5 x 11 7 216 x 297 mm ADF A4 Letter Legal 8 5 x 14 0 216 x 356 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 1200 x 1200 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradat...

Страница 413: ...ra fine 300 x 300 dpi Color 200 x 200 dpi Dialing Automatic dialing Recipient max 100 destinations Group dial max 99 destinations Regular dialing with Numeric buttons Automatic redialing Manual redialing max 10 destinations Others Activity report after every 20 transactions Sequential broadcasting max 101 destinations Rejected numbers max 10 destinations Network Specifications Communication protoc...

Страница 414: ... Setup Utility Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 Hard Disk Space 3 1 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System OS X v10 8 5 OS X v10 11 Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard ...

Страница 415: ... required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software i...

Страница 416: ...Information about Paper Supported Media Types Paper Load Limit Unsupported Media Types Handling Paper Print Area Print Area Standard Sizes Envelopes 416 ...

Страница 417: ...aper by name Paper for printing documents Canon Red Label Superior WOP111 Canon Océ Office Colour Paper SAT213 High Resolution Paper HR 101N Paper for printing photos Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use GP 501 GP 601 Photo Paper Glossy GP 601 Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Photo Paper Pro Luster LU 101 Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 Matte Photo Paper MP 101 Paper other than genuine Canon paper ...

Страница 418: ... KG 4 x6 10x15 2L 5 x7 13x18 Hagaki Hagaki 2 8 x10 20x25cm Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Nagagata 3 Nagagata 4 Yougata 4 Yougata 6 Envelope C5 Envelope Monarch 3 88 x 7 5 inches 98 4 x 190 5 mm Special sizes Special page sizes must be within the following limits Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 216 0 x 355 6 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the fol...

Страница 419: ...s Glossy II PP 201 1 A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 10 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 20 sheets Photo Paper Pro Luster LU 101 1 A4 Letter 10 sheets Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 1 A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 10 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 20 sheets Matte Photo Paper MP 101 A4 Letter 10 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 20 sheets Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper Common Name Casse...

Страница 420: ... 3 For best results in continuous printing remove printed paper or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration 420 ...

Страница 421: ...amp Plain paper or notepad paper cut to a smaller size Picture postcards Postcards with photos or stickers attached Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with embossed or coated surfaces Envelopes with adhesive flaps that are already moistened Any paper with holes Non rectangular paper Stapled or glued paper Paper with an adhesive surface Paper coated with glitter or other decorative particles 42...

Страница 422: ... the printed surface until the ink is dried Even when the ink is dried be careful not to touch the printed surface as much as possible when handling Due to the nature of the pigment ink the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper...

Страница 423: ...Print Area Print Area Standard Sizes Envelopes 423 ...

Страница 424: ...rea is inside this margin recommended print area Print within this area when possible printable area You can also print in this area However feeding precision or print quality may be affected Note Automatic duplex printing and duplex copying reduces the printable area by 0 08 inch 2 mm in the top margin 424 ...

Страница 425: ...B Oficio 8 00 x 13 66 inches 203 2 x 347 0 mm M Oficio 8 00 x 13 11 inches 203 2 x 333 0 mm Foolscap 8 00 x 12 69 inches 203 2 x 322 2 mm Legal India 8 00 x 13 27 inches 203 2 x 337 0 mm 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 3 73 x 5 69 inches 94 8 x 144 4 mm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 4 73 x 6 69 inches 120 2 x 169 8 mm 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 7 73 x 9 69 inches 196 4 x 246 0 mm Recommended print area A 1 80 inches 45 8 mm B 1 45 in...

Страница 426: ... 25 inch 6 3 mm Legal India C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 23 inch 5 9 mm F 0 23 inch 5 9 mm Oficio C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 30 inch 7 5 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm B Oficio M Oficio C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 4 mm 426 ...

Страница 427: ...8 50 inches 93 5 x 215 9 mm Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 67 inches 98 8 x 194 6 mm Envelope C5 5 94 x 8 02 inches 150 8 x 203 6 mm Envelope Monarch 3 43 x 6 50 inches 87 2 x 165 1 mm Recommended print area A 0 5 inch 12 7 mm B 0 5 inch 12 7 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 427 ...

Страница 428: ...Administrator Settings Sharing the Printer on a Network 428 ...

Страница 429: ...s that share a single printer Setting Up a Shared Printer This section describes how to set up the print server and the client Note The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have to be the same To set up the fax driver use the same procedure Related Topic Restrictions on Printer Sharing 429 ...

Страница 430: ...aring If you are using Windows Server 2008 select Sharing from the File menu Important A confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator ac...

Страница 431: ...open the Driver folder of the downloaded printer driver specify the inf file and click OK 8 Select the printer to be used and click Next Note If an error message is displayed select the other printer 9 Click Finish The setup on the print server system is complete Next set up the client systems 6 On the client open Explorer and double click the icon of the printer to be shared 7 Follow the window i...

Страница 432: ...dows Server 2012 R2 or Windows Server 2012 In the Devices and Printers window of the client system select the printer from Printers and click Print server properties on the command bar Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 In the Devices and Printers window of the client s...

Страница 433: ...he settings from the print server When you change the settings of the print server you should delete the icon of the shared printer from the client system and then specify the shared settings again in the client system If the same driver installed on the print server is also installed on the client the network printer icon may be created automatically If an error occurs when you print a document o...

Страница 434: ...ic characters Model whose serial number is used as the administrator password For the models other than the above the printer serial number is used as the administrator password Where Serial Number Is Located The following character restrictions apply to the password that you change Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters For secu...

Страница 435: ...For more on initializing the printer search for UG067 or UG505 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 435 ...

Страница 436: ...eb browser temporarily The printer may send one or more cookies to your communication device to verify Remote UI users and to enable the printer to offer useful information for each user Important Most browsers automatically accept cookies but you can modify your browser setting so as not to accept cookies If you modify your browser so as not to accept cookies you cannot log on to Remote UI and no...

Страница 437: ...OS Windows Vista SP2 or later Browser Internet Explorer 9 or later Google Chrome 41 0 2272 118m or later Mozilla Firefox 37 0 1 or later 437 ...

Страница 438: ...mber will consists of 9 alphanumeric characters 4 letters followed by 5 numbers Example Note Depending on the printer you are using you can check the serial number by printing out the network setting information of the printer For more on printing search for NR044 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 438 ...

Страница 439: ...rst time on your smartphone tablet or computer download the root certificate and then register it to the web browser The secure connection will be confirmed and a message will not appear For details search for AF111 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 439 ...

Страница 440: ...Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone Tablet Printing Using Operation Panel Paper Settings 440 ...

Страница 441: ... from Application Software Windows Printer Driver Printing from Application Software Mac OS Printer Driver Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac 441 ...

Страница 442: ... Software Windows Printer Driver Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers 442 ...

Страница 443: ... the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select Hig...

Страница 444: ... The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose 444 ...

Страница 445: ... Printer Media Type Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver 1 Open printer driver setup window 2 Click Printer Media Information on Quick Setup tab The Printer Media Information dialog box appears 3 Select Paper Source From Paper Source check the setting or select a new paper source The current printer settin...

Страница 446: ...tion registered on the printer Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II Photo Paper Pro Luster LU 101 Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Glossy GP 501 GP 601 Glossy Photo Paper Glossy Matte Photo Paper MP 101 Matte Photo Paper Matte Canon genuine papers Business Letter Print...

Страница 447: ...184 2x266 7mm Executive A6 A6 A5 A5 A4 A4 B5 B5 Oficio 8 5 x12 5 215 9x317 5mm Oficio B Oficio 8 5 x14 216 0x355 0mm B Oficio M Oficio 8 50 x13 43 216 0x341 0mm M Oficio Foolscap 8 5 x13 215 9x330 2mm Foolscap Legal India 8 46 x13 58 215x345mm Legal India 4 x6 10x15cm KG 4 x6 10x15 5 x7 13x18cm 2L 5 x7 13x18 8 x10 20x25cm 8 x10 20x25cm L 89x127mm L 89x127mm 2L 127x178mm 2L 5 x7 13x18 Envelope Com ...

Страница 448: ... Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 448 ...

Страница 449: ... the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the selected pa...

Страница 450: ...cify the number of copies to be printed 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box when you want to...

Страница 451: ...e application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printin...

Страница 452: ...be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 452 ...

Страница 453: ...ab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing is also selected only Stapling Side can be specified 453 ...

Страница 454: ...ayout list on the Page Setup tab 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than t...

Страница 455: ...nt settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 455 ...

Страница 456: ...e Page Setup tab 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlar...

Страница 457: ... in a value into the Scaling box The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale 457 ...

Страница 458: ... used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver Note Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document 458 ...

Страница 459: ...ect Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If necessary click Specify specify the following set...

Страница 460: ...er To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 460 ...

Страница 461: ...The procedure for performing tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in...

Страница 462: ...perating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the p...

Страница 463: ...displayed Note Click the deleted pages to display them again Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed Important Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse 463 ...

Страница 464: ...let printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin...

Страница 465: ...d each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is automatically printed first on one side of a sheet of paper and then on the opposite side When the printing is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selec...

Страница 466: ...utomatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Set the print area 466 ...

Страница 467: ...ling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 6 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print duplex printing will be started Performing Duplex Printing Manually You can pe...

Страница 468: ...ecute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side Important When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable When Tiling Poster or Booklet is sele...

Страница 469: ...g wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab Related Topic Changing the Printer Operation Mode 469 ...

Страница 470: ... to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab The St...

Страница 471: ...s check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi tr...

Страница 472: ...her background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function...

Страница 473: ...of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function ...

Страница 474: ...er Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Size and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color Important Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can al...

Страница 475: ...og box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears...

Страница 476: ...er some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens Note With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the ...

Страница 477: ...kground image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message ...

Страница 478: ...he Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of t...

Страница 479: ...ze When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 Envelope C5 or Envelope Monarch 3 88 x7 5 98 4x190 5mm and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation Note If Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 or Envelope...

Страница 480: ...Maintenance tab and start the Canon IJ Status Monitor Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting Note If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper Settings To check the current printer settings or to...

Страница 481: ...er click Printer Media Information from the Quick Setup tab and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears For details about the cassette paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer see the following Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 5 Select the paper size For Pri...

Страница 482: ...show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed To display guide messages again open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Option menu choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting When printing on media other than postcards load the media according to usage method of that media and...

Страница 483: ...ults display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box...

Страница 484: ...a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens 3 Set the custom paper size Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the...

Страница 485: ... media see Supported Media Types Note If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper Settings To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver click Printer Media Information from the Quick Setup tab and specify...

Страница 486: ...ieve the document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows Print Combine Documents Delete Document Reset Documents View Thumbnails Move Document Undo Move Page Delete Page Note By clicking View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list Clicking Undo reverses the change that just ...

Страница 487: ...se to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Document from Doc...

Страница 488: ...ults for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview Note You can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print Hi...

Страница 489: ...Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 489 ...

Страница 490: ...n Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 490 ...

Страница 491: ...ox on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome Important When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printin...

Страница 492: ...Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 492 ...

Страница 493: ...e an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment O...

Страница 494: ...per in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important When ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is ...

Страница 495: ...tion software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver To print using Canon Digital Photo Color Th...

Страница 496: ...nter driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan ...

Страница 497: ...Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 497 ...

Страница 498: ...nput ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instru...

Страница 499: ...tify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile sRGB found in the data 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for ...

Страница 500: ...e Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 500 ...

Страница 501: ...mple shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additiona...

Страница 502: ...e displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance Important When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topic...

Страница 503: ...a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a patte...

Страница 504: ...genta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing Note Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes ...

Страница 505: ... Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta and Yellow fields on the Color A...

Страница 506: ...are grayed out and cannot be set Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set When the Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab is checked the Page Layout on the Page Setup tab is set to Normal size When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan...

Страница 507: ... selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color ...

Страница 508: ...d in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 508 ...

Страница 509: ...ollows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Movin...

Страница 510: ... After adjusting each color click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 510 ...

Страница 511: ...t reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for ...

Страница 512: ...in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Inten...

Страница 513: ...n a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print ...

Страница 514: ...lected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Note Large is about double the...

Страница 515: ...prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value 6 Adjusting the intensity contrast Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ...

Страница 516: ...rint a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set You can print a pattern only if Normal size is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab Depending on your applic...

Страница 517: ...ver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver 517 ...

Страница 518: ...XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer Installing the Printer Driver To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Specifying t...

Страница 519: ...rocedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below If you are using Windows 10 Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel Hardware and Sound Devices and Printers If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu Devices and Printers If you are using Windows ...

Страница 520: ...ask bar Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears Note To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your...

Страница 521: ...mation displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as d...

Страница 522: ...der and number of pages You can also change the media type settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting fr...

Страница 523: ...r displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete Important Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot de...

Страница 524: ...p on the Page Setup tab Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete al...

Страница 525: ...n click OK to close the window 4 Without starting printing close the Print dialog box 5 Open Word s Print dialog box again 6 Open the printer driver setup window and click OK 7 Start printing If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog bo...

Страница 526: ...Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 526 ...

Страница 527: ... a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing ...

Страница 528: ...e is displayed click OK to delete the specified printing profile Note Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Che...

Страница 529: ...set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally...

Страница 530: ... the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that ...

Страница 531: ... is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected ch...

Страница 532: ...e that is currently set on the printer To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver click Set Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document...

Страница 533: ...type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Cassette Paper is always supplied from the cassette Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose Important...

Страница 534: ... color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking t...

Страница 535: ...irectly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Print a pattern for color adjus...

Страница 536: ...aper sizes are selected The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast 49 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and S...

Страница 537: ... for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Note In the XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Us...

Страница 538: ...ws you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setti...

Страница 539: ...rinter can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed S...

Страница 540: ...ecify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to ...

Страница 541: ...own according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the sett...

Страница 542: ... cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box Th...

Страница 543: ...g to print a document with small margins Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does not fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print ...

Страница 544: ...ot allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors selecting this check box may improve the condition Important Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer drive...

Страница 545: ...driver Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or behind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background Note With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp pr...

Страница 546: ...nd Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Background first page only Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the first page only Stamp...

Страница 547: ... open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap trans...

Страница 548: ...amp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as a background or determine how to pr...

Страница 549: ...ider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered Note Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display...

Страница 550: ...ng Performs deep cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem Note Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects...

Страница 551: ...he confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perfo...

Страница 552: ...splays the print history Note You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding Note If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor About Opens the About dialog box The version ...

Страница 553: ... the selected pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the Pattern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Note If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position Initial Check...

Страница 554: ...x to enable this function Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation...

Страница 555: ...isplayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer driver You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window Modules Lists the printer driver modules Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window Important If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your...

Страница 556: ...he Main tab File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function a...

Страница 557: ...be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can als...

Страница 558: ...lick this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If the media type and paper source are set from the application software those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper...

Страница 559: ...heck the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer File Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS...

Страница 560: ...ng print documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview ...

Страница 561: ...ialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Page Layout Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side and Margin Copies Opens the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Dele...

Страница 562: ...not be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected ...

Страница 563: ... toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hide status of the following information Vi...

Страница 564: ...ment list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at t...

Страница 565: ...ant The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different To check the output page count check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends P...

Страница 566: ...printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Important When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increas...

Страница 567: ...case Duplex Printing is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents select...

Страница 568: ...tor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and solution Follow the instruction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the pri...

Страница 569: ... when envelope printing starts To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again chec...

Страница 570: ...ding to the instructions displayed on the screen Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and you can check t...

Страница 571: ...Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 571 ...

Страница 572: ...resolved problems may be solved You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model Important You can download the MP Drivers for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 572 ...

Страница 573: ... appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute th...

Страница 574: ... Drivers cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings Terminate all running applications Log on as a user who has the administrator account Important Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 574 ...

Страница 575: ... switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the MP Drivers Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important You can install the...

Страница 576: ...Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 576 ...

Страница 577: ...w ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Important In certain countries PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have an ac...

Страница 578: ...ending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet Important This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in To use Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Additionally LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print I...

Страница 579: ...Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply 579 ...

Страница 580: ...loud Print in advance Note If you already have Google account register the printer to Google Cloud Print Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information The screen above may change without prior notice 580 ...

Страница 581: ...ister the printer to Google Cloud Print and to delete it Internet connection fees apply Registration Using Google Chrome 1 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 2 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 3 Log in to your Google account 4 Select Settings from Chrome menu 5 Select Show advanced settings to display information 6 Select Manage for Google Cloud Print 7 When Canon MB2100 series ...

Страница 582: ... to register printer is displayed select Yes and press OK button 6 Select language on print setting screen of Google Cloud Print and press OK button The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 7 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper and press OK button The authentication URL is printed 8 Make sure authentication URL is printed select Yes and then press OK button 9 Perform a...

Страница 583: ...ed try again from step 7 Note Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 10 When message that registration is complete is displayed on printer s LCD press OK button When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print 583 ...

Страница 584: ...nter s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status and print with Google Cloud Print again For print settings If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 or Letter size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting If you selec...

Страница 585: ...lly when it receives the print data 2 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 3 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 4 Log in to your Google account 5 Select Print from Chrome menu 6 Select Change next Destination 7 Select Canon MB2100 series in Google Cloud Print 8 Select Print 585 ...

Страница 586: ...Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed 4 Select Print from Google Cloud Print and press OK button The confirmation screen to check is displayed 5 Select Yes and press OK button If there is the print data the printer receives the print data and prints it Sending Print Data without Going through Internet This section describes the operation to send print data from Google Chrome browser on ...

Страница 587: ...g in to your Google account 5 Select Print from Chrome menu 6 Select Change next Destination 7 Select Canon MB2100 series in Local Destinations 8 Select Print When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically 587 ...

Страница 588: ...t connection fees apply Deletion Using Google Chrome 1 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 2 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 3 Log in to your Google account 4 Select Settings from Chrome menu 5 Select Show advanced settings to display information 6 Select Manage for Google Cloud Print 7 Select Manage next Canon MB2100 series on device list 8 Select Delete 9 When confirmation mes...

Страница 589: ... button 4 Select Web service connection setup Google Cloud Print setup Delete from Google Cloud Print 5 When confirmation screen to delete printer is displayed select Yes and press OK button 6 When message that deletion is complete is displayed press OK button 589 ...

Страница 590: ...k your environment AirPrint Operation Environment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Requirement The iOS device or Mac and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Adding Printer as AirPrint Printer to Your Mac 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers Scanners P...

Страница 591: ...r wireless LAN connection After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Make sure the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print Us...

Страница 592: ... or connected directly without wireless router Adding Printer to Your Windows Device To add the printer refer to Windows 10 help Printing from Windows Device 1 Make sure printer is turned on Note If the printer s Auto Power On function is enabled the printer is turned on automatically when it receives the print data 2 Load paper 3 Select command that you perform printing on application software In...

Страница 593: ...Printing from Smartphone Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone Tablet Printing Using a Web Service 593 ...

Страница 594: ...nting Directly from Smartphone Tablet Android Print Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device Printing from a Device Equipped with Windows 10 Mobile Using Machine with Direct Connection 594 ...

Страница 595: ...ting Using Mopria Print Service Important Internet connection is required to download the printing plug in Internet connection fees apply Printing Using Canon Print Service Important The operation may differ depending on your Android device or your application Activate the plug in after installing it to your Android device The service is not enabled immediately after installing You can print using...

Страница 596: ...t Service with wireless LAN or with the printer s direct connection 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Perform print operation on your application of Android device 4 Select printer on your application of Android device Select the printer that is displayed with your printer s name and Mopria Print Service 5 Specify number of copies paper size etc if necessary 6 Start printing When you...

Страница 597: ...ment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Requirement The iOS device or Mac and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device 1 Make sure printer is turned on Note If the printer s Auto Power On function is enabled the printer is turne...

Страница 598: ...our model name from Printer on Printer Options Important Because some applications do not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an application does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that application 598 ...

Страница 599: ...e used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print Using AirPrint Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS device and the region in which AirPrint is used When you use the photo application the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in oth...

Страница 600: ...ome button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From printer Use Stop button to cancel the print job From iOS device Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right ...

Страница 601: ...o wireless LAN Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless LAN Important The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the direct connection Restrictions Preparing for Direct Connection Change settings below...

Страница 602: ...ter select the device name displayed on the LCD from your device The identifier SSID and the security setting are specified automatically To update them see below Changing Direct Connection Setting 8 Press OK button The direct connection is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer 1 Turn on wireless communication...

Страница 603: ... the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device select Yes and then press the OK button Printing Scanning with Direct Connection Connect a device and the printer and start printing scanning Note For more on printing or scanning from a device via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual You can print scan from your smartphone or tablet by...

Страница 604: ...s OK button 7 Select an item and press OK button To update the identifier SSID and the password for direct connection Selecting A and pressing the OK button displays the confirmation screen To update the identifier SSID and the password select Yes and press the OK button To check the security setting and the updated password press the right Function button select Yes on the screen displayed next a...

Страница 605: ...een to inform you a Wi Fi Direct device is connecting to the printer select Yes and press the OK button Important To prevent an unauthorized access we recommend you should not change the setting from the default When you finished performing the settings the printer returns to the Direct connection settings screen 8 Press HOME button The HOME screen is displayed Note If you change the direct connec...

Страница 606: ...Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 606 ...

Страница 607: ...w ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Important In certain countries PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have an ac...

Страница 608: ...ending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet Important This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in To use Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Additionally LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print I...

Страница 609: ...Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply 609 ...

Страница 610: ...Printing Using Operation Panel Printing Photo Data Printing Documents PDF File Saved on USB Flash Drive 610 ...

Страница 611: ...Printing Photo Data Printing Photographs Saved on USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel Using Useful Display Functions 611 ...

Страница 612: ...he HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The photo selection screen is displayed Note When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the printer you are using If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the USB flash drive the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed Select Print photos in the displayed screen and press the...

Страница 613: ...ng Useful Display Functions 5 Change view By pressing the left Function button you can change the display method Using Useful Display Functions Note If you specify the number of copies for each photo use the button to display the photo you want to print and use the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed You can also display the screen to specify the num...

Страница 614: ... While processing the print job you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print settings confirmation screen The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the print job 4 Press Color button The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing If you want to print more photos operate from step 1 again Note While processing the print ...

Страница 615: ...t reservation and press the OK button you can cancel the last printing job If there are many print jobs Cannot reserve more print jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may be displayed on the LCD In this case wait a while and add the print job 615 ...

Страница 616: ...nfirm the message and change the setting The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if another print menu is selected or the printer is turned off 1 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper Note Only the page sizes selectable from the operation panel are displayed 2 Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper Note Only the media types selectable from the...

Страница 617: ...by one To select the photo use the button List view x9 Nine photos are displayed at a time To select the photo use the button Note You can specify the number of copies for each photo you want to print by using the Numeric buttons List view x45 45 photos are displayed at a time To select the photo use the button Specifying Date to Select Photo By pressing the center Function button on the photo sel...

Страница 618: ...ed on 2 Load A4 Letter or Legal sized plain paper 3 Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port Important If you already insert the USB flash drive to save the received faxes automatically you cannot print the documents even when the USB flash drive which contains the document data is set In this case set Auto save setting in FAX settings to OFF and remove the USB flash drive for saving faxes...

Страница 619: ...on panel of the printer If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF files they are not printable PDF files saved using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the printer PDF files for which the preview screen is not available is displayed on the preview screen We recommended you confirm whether a PDF file is printable When the doc...

Страница 620: ...r of printable pages will not be printed Continue is displayed on the LCD To start printing select Yes and press the OK button If you need to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file print them from a computer Depending on the PDF file it may be printed rotated by 90 degrees If the document size is larger than the page size specified on the printer the document will be printed at a reduced size In ...

Страница 621: ...er Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting When you insert the cassette with paper loaded The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper Important For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information For more on the proper combin...

Страница 622: ...opying is displayed If you select Yes the information is applied to the paper settings for copying When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer Ex Paper setting for printing or copying A5 Cassette paper information registered to the printer A4 When you start printing or copying a message is displayed Pressing the OK but...

Страница 623: ... paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is A4 you load A5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according t...

Страница 624: ...e operation panel of the printer The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default To change the display setting when you copy or print using the operation panel of the printer Cassette settings When you print using the printer driver The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default To change the display setting when you print using the printer driver For Windows Changing t...

Страница 625: ...Copying Making Copies Basics Reducing Enlarging Copies Two Sided Copying Special Copy Menu 625 ...

Страница 626: ...cify by using the Numeric buttons 2 Print settings By pressing the right Function button the print settings screen is displayed On the print settings screen you can change the settings of page size media type and print quality and so on Setting Items for Copying 3 Preview By pressing the center Function button you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying Preview Screen...

Страница 627: ...is enabled ask the administrator of the printer you are using Adding Copying Job Reserve copy If you load the original on the platen glass you can add the copying job while printing Reserve copy The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button the Color button or the Black button as the one which you previously pressed I...

Страница 628: ...ng job Cannot add more copy jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may appear on the LCD Press the OK button and wait a while and then try copying again If Failed to reserve the copy job Start over from the beginning appears on the LCD when scanning press the OK button and press the Stop button to cancel copying After that copy the documents that have not been finished copying 628 ...

Страница 629: ... The original will be scanned to display the preview image Therefore do not open the document cover until the preview screen is displayed Originals are rescanned after displaying the preview screen and before copying starts Therefore do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass while Scanning document is displayed 1 Preview of the original The original that is set on...

Страница 630: ...settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if the printer is turned off When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current settings is displayed on the LCD Change the setting following the on screen instructions 1 Magnif Magnification Specify the reduction enlargement method Reducing Enlarging C...

Страница 631: ...ect High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white 6 Layout Select the layout Copying Two Pages onto Single Page Copying Four Pages onto Single Page Copying ID Card to Fit onto Single Page 7 2 sidedPrintSetting Select whether to perform two sided copying Two Sided Copying 8 Collate Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making...

Страница 632: ...age size The setting in Magnif Fit to page Note When you select Fit to page the page size may not be detected correctly depending on the original In this case select the setting other than Fit to page Preset ratio You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies Use the button to select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size The setting in Magnif 70 A4 A5 86 A4...

Страница 633: ...e right Function button Magnification screen is displayed Use the button to specify the magnification Note 400 MAX maximum copy ratio and 25 MIN minimum copy ratio are selectable If you make a copy at the same size as the original select Same size 633 ...

Страница 634: ...t Landscp for Orientation and Long side stapling for Stapling side of print paper When you select Landscp for Orientation and Short side stapling for Stapling side of print paper After selecting the stapling side and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select Yes the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note Two sided copy setti...

Страница 635: ...on the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning After scanning The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass and press the OK button Note If you do not need more scanning ...

Страница 636: ...Special Copy Menu Copying Two Pages onto Single Page Copying Four Pages onto Single Page Copying Thick Originals Such as Books Copying ID Card to Fit onto Single Page Collated Copying 636 ...

Страница 637: ... When you select Landscp for Orientation and Top to bottom for 2 on 1 copy layout When you select Landscp for Orientation and Bottom to top for 2 on 1 copy layout After selecting the layout and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select Yes the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note This function can be used in combination wi...

Страница 638: ...inal rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning After scanning The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original Remove the first sheet of original from the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass and press the OK button The printer starts scanning the second sheet of original...

Страница 639: ...y If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original 639 ...

Страница 640: ...s are available Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout Note The layout is the same regardless of the orientation When you select Upper left to right for 4 on 1 copy layout When you select Upper right to left for 4 on 1 copy layout When you select Upper left to bottom for 4 on 1 copy layout When you select Upper right to bottom for 4 on 1 copy layout 640 ...

Страница 641: ...ct 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting and select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For more on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When Loading the Original on the platen glass Before scanning When the preview function is activated the printer starts pre scanning before scanning the original When pre scanning is finished the screen below preview s...

Страница 642: ...opying Note If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The printer starts copying You can add the copying job while printing Adding Copying Job Reserve copy If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the screen above is displayed after scanning the fourth sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the rest of originals 642 ...

Страница 643: ...en the Copy standby screen is displayed pressing the center Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying Preview Screen There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image This function removes the dark margins only If a scanned book is too thin or when the printer is used near a window or in a bright environment a faint black frame m...

Страница 644: ...the preview screen Using Preview Screen to Check Printing Result of Front Side Note When you use this function load the original on the platen glass Pressing the Color or Black button displays the screen below Load the original on the platen glass following the on screen instructions and press the OK button When the front side has been scanned the screen below appears Load the original on the plat...

Страница 645: ...splays the preview screen to check the printing result of the front side Pressing the Color or Black button starts scanning the front side Note Pressing the OK button on the preview screen returns to Copy standby screen When the front side has been scanned the screen below appears Load the original on the platen glass following the on screen instructions and press the OK button The printer starts ...

Страница 646: ...se this function load the original in the ADF The number of pages the printer can read varies with the document If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the LCD when scanning reduce the number of document pages to scan and try copying again Collated Copying in Combination with Two Sided Copying Collated copying is also available when two sided copying is selected If you use this...

Страница 647: ...See Two Sided Copying for two sided copying 647 ...

Страница 648: ...smartphone tablet Connection with a wireless router Wireless Connection Connection without a wireless router Using Machine with Direct Connection 4 Start application Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY from your smartphone tablet 5 Make sure your machine is selected If not select your machine 6 Tap Copy on application 7 Specify settings as necessary The setting items below are available Copies Paper Size Me...

Страница 649: ...copying Important The password is set at the time of purchase The password is the printer serial number The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters four alphabets followed by five numbers For details on setting password see Setting Password 649 ...

Страница 650: ...Scanning Scanning from Computer Windows Scanning from Computer Mac OS Scanning from Operation Panel Scanning Using Smartphone Tablet 650 ...

Страница 651: ... Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software ScanGear Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Network Scan Settings 651 ...

Страница 652: ...gs Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Sending Scanned Images via E mail Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Saving after Checking Scan Results IJ Scan Utility Screens 652 ...

Страница 653: ...ble for photos according to the item type or your purpose Note Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required Note The default save folders are as follows Windows 10 Windows 8 1 Windows Vista Documents folder Windows 8 Windows 7 My D...

Страница 654: ...Note Refer to Settings Dialog Box for how to set the applications to integrate with 654 ...

Страница 655: ...ollow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility Windows 10 From Start menu select All apps Canon Utilities IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and then search for IJ Scan Utility Windows 7 Windows Vista From Start menu select All Programs Canon Utilities IJ Scan Utility IJ Sc...

Страница 656: ...gs then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document Scanning starts Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan ...

Страница 657: ...ttings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Photo Scanning starts Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings...

Страница 658: ... Custom Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK Note Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 4 Click Custom Scanning starts Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box disp...

Страница 659: ... as the platen are supported Note The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the paper si...

Страница 660: ...5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 660 ...

Страница 661: ...irst item is scanned and appears in 1 Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face down on the platen 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 661 ...

Страница 662: ...the images to adjust their positions Note Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save 662 ...

Страница 663: ...mbined image is saved Note Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box displayed by clicking Settings 663 ...

Страница 664: ... the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame Click and drag the mo...

Страница 665: ...stalled the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan You can add the application from the pull down menu 3 Click OCR Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the setting...

Страница 666: ... text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text Documents containing multiple languages 666 ...

Страница 667: ...4 Click E mail Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog box If the Check scan results and specify save settings checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box the Save Settings dialog box appea...

Страница 668: ... that have a whitish background Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc Thin items Thick items Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Note The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Po...

Страница 669: ...5 Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK 669 ...

Страница 670: ...n the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box 7 Click Custom Multiple items are scanned at one time Note Click Cancel to cancel the scan 670 ...

Страница 671: ... Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 671 ...

Страница 672: ...nt Custom ScanGear OCR or E mail Refer to Scanning Using Application Software ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to scan using ScanGear scanner driver The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the documents on the ADF Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings The Settings dialo...

Страница 673: ... To scan only the front side of each document select Document ADF Platen or Document ADF Simplex To scan the front side then the back side of each document select Document ADF Manual Duplex 6 Set the color mode document size and scanning resolution as required 673 ...

Страница 674: ...he documents when scanning the back sides depends on the Binding Side When setting is completed click OK The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears Note Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box 7 Click Document Scanning starts 674 ...

Страница 675: ...ning with Orientation set to Portrait are used as examples in the following descriptions When Long edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings Place the documents after rotating the output documents 180 degrees When Short edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings Place the documents without changing the orientation of the output documents 6...

Страница 676: ... Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 676 ...

Страница 677: ...a computer Important You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using the operation panel Note The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Photo Scan 677 ...

Страница 678: ...r to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box 5 Click Photo Scanning starts 678 ...

Страница 679: ...er or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog box Note The default save folders are as follows Windows 10 Windows 8 1 Windows Vista Documents folder Windows 8 Windows 7 My Documents folder 7 Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings 679 ...

Страница 680: ... Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Box Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Box Settings General Settings Dialog Box Save Settings Dialog Box Password Security Settings Dialog Box Image Stitch Window 680 ...

Страница 681: ... saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network envi...

Страница 682: ...an and Stitch dialog box ScanGear Starts ScanGear scanner driver in which you can make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings ScanGear dialog box OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in a specified application Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings OCR dialo...

Страница 683: ...d frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box 683 ...

Страница 684: ...Box Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Box General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog Box 684 ...

Страница 685: ...dvanced scan settings to scan items as documents 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Scanning documents Document or Document ADF Platen Scanning magazines Magazine Scanning documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Document ADF Simplex Document ADF Manual Duplex or Document ADF Platen 685 ...

Страница 686: ...and then click OK Note Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF for Select So...

Страница 687: ...corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a pheno...

Страница 688: ...es or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text d...

Страница 689: ...n folder The default save folders are as follows Windows 10 Windows 8 1 Windows Vista Documents folder Windows 8 Windows 7 My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings yo...

Страница 690: ...ox to display the Password Security Settings dialog box Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not sele...

Страница 691: ...t OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and s...

Страница 692: ... to scan items as photos 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click O...

Страница 693: ...a File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pul...

Страница 694: ...er specified in Save in Check scan results and specify save settings Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an applicati...

Страница 695: ...from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 695 ...

Страница 696: ...n according to your preference 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well Important Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents an...

Страница 697: ...e documents of the same size even if Auto is set Note To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Note Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Se...

Страница 698: ...canned from the ADF Important Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important The color tone may differ from the source im...

Страница 699: ...materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important This function is available only whe...

Страница 700: ...supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results...

Страница 701: ...rs only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format When Black and White is ...

Страница 702: ... from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull d...

Страница 703: ...Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 703 ...

Страница 704: ...advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Scanning photos Photo Scanning documents Document Scanning magazines Magazine Note To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings ...

Страница 705: ...ers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a...

Страница 706: ...your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert tex...

Страница 707: ...ify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the fol...

Страница 708: ... File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull...

Страница 709: ... This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that sup...

Страница 710: ...ys the Save Settings dialog box after scanning 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the applica...

Страница 711: ...from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 711 ...

Страница 712: ...elect Source Select the type of item to be scanned Scanning documents Document or Document ADF Platen Scanning magazines Magazine Scanning documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Document ADF Simplex Document ADF Manual Duplex or Document ADF Platen Note When Document ADF Platen is selected and documents are placed both on the platen and ADF those placed on the ADF will be scanned Color Mode S...

Страница 713: ...the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF for Select Source Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog box in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be s...

Страница 714: ...ine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduce gutter shadow platen Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important This function is available only when scanning from ...

Страница 715: ...supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results...

Страница 716: ...is checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results and specify save settings Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning 3 Application Settings Are...

Страница 717: ...type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well Important Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto A4 size photos Text documents ...

Страница 718: ...ct the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Note Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of ...

Страница 719: ...from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function When Select Source is Photo Important When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document Note The dis...

Страница 720: ... pages when scanning open booklets Important This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note Use ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Shadow Correction for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual...

Страница 721: ...s containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results and specify save settings checkbox and then rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the ...

Страница 722: ...e Pages is selected in Data Format When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format Note PDF files that are searchable in the...

Страница 723: ...en Select Source is Auto 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images Note To add an e mail client to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application dialog box and specify the e mail client Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen t...

Страница 724: ... operation panel 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note When you select the Save...

Страница 725: ...cted files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can s...

Страница 726: ...Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 726 ...

Страница 727: ...canning them from the operation panel 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important The color tone ...

Страница 728: ...s with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detect...

Страница 729: ...he operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to ...

Страница 730: ...r than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens t...

Страница 731: ...them from the operation panel 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note When you se...

Страница 732: ...a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want...

Страница 733: ...ments after scanning them from the operation panel 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important Th...

Страница 734: ...s with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detect...

Страница 735: ... operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a ...

Страница 736: ...nu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application dialog box and specify the e mail client Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 736 ...

Страница 737: ...roduct name Note With network connection Select appears on the right side of the product name Click Select to display IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Me...

Страница 738: ...Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 738 ...

Страница 739: ... 1 Preview Operation Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons Delete Deletes the image selected in the Scan Results area Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter clockwise or clockwise Select the image you want to rotate then click Rotate Left 90 or Rotate Right 90 Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Ena...

Страница 740: ...ved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select De...

Страница 741: ... the image quality of JPEG files Important This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected...

Страница 742: ...this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Save Saves the scanned images Cancel Cancels saving 742 ...

Страница 743: ...ou write down the passwords and keep them in a safe place for future reference Password protected PDF files cannot be opened in applications that do not support security settings for PDF files Require a password to open the document You can specify whether to require a password to open the PDF file Select this checkbox to enter characters in Document Open Password Document Open Password Enter a pa...

Страница 744: ...pen Password and Password Confirmation or Permissions Password and Password Confirmation Click OK to scan or save Cancel After scanning with Set up password security checkbox selected in Settings dialog box The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears After saving with Set up password security checkbox selected in Save Settings dialog box A confirmation screen appears click Cancel to return to the Pa...

Страница 745: ... Area Note The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the ...

Страница 746: ...Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item 746 ...

Страница 747: ...Thumbnail View area Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Right clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise Rotate 180 Rotates the preview image 180 degrees Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise Open Guide Opens this pa...

Страница 748: ...ing the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear 748 ...

Страница 749: ...Related Topic Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 749 ...

Страница 750: ...ltiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear General Notes Scanner Driver Important Available functions and settings vary depend...

Страница 751: ...tware This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size etc when scanning documents It is useful when you want to scan in a specific color tone as it allows you to make various corrections and adjust brightness contrast etc Screens There are two modes Basic Mode and Advanced Mode Switch modes by clicking a tab on the upper right of the screen Note ScanGear star...

Страница 752: ...Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode output resolution image brightness color tone etc when scanning 752 ...

Страница 753: ...Scanner Driver Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver 753 ...

Страница 754: ...ty Refer to Starting IJ Scan Utility for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click ScanGear in the IJ Scan Utility main screen The ScanGear screen appears Starting from an Application Follow these steps example to start ScanGear from an application The procedure varies depending on the application For details refer to the application s manual 1 Start the ap...

Страница 755: ...ew and scan Photos that have a whitish background Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc Thin documents Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square Photos that have been cut to various shapes Note When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning you can scan both sides of the documents a...

Страница 756: ...layed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source Note Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source 4 Set Destination Note Skip ahead to Step 7 when an ADF type is selected for Select Source 5 Set Output Size according to purpose Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination 6 Adjust the cropping frames scan areas as required Adjust the size and positi...

Страница 757: ...Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Basic Mode Tab 757 ...

Страница 758: ... types of documents may not be scanned correctly In that case click Thumbnail on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan Photos that have a whitish background Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc Thin documents Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square Photos that have been...

Страница 759: ...ect image and adjust colors as required Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7 Click Scan Scanning starts Note Click Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box ...

Страница 760: ... without preview 1 Place the documents on the ADF of the machine then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Click the Advanced Mode tab and select Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex for Select Source Note Settings are not retained when you switch modes You can select Document ADF Duplex when using a model supporting ADF...

Страница 761: ... a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab 761 ...

Страница 762: ...c Thin documents Thick documents Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square Photos that have been cut to various shapes Note You can also scan multiple documents at one time from the Advanced Mode tab Use the Advanced Mode tab to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode output...

Страница 763: ...ze 4 Set Destination 5 Set Output Size according to purpose 6 Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required Note You can correct each image separately Select the frame you want to correct In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image To create multiple cropping frames in an image scan in whole image view 763 ...

Страница 764: ... steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image Note Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view 1 After previewing images click Thumbnail on the Toolbar Switch to whole image view Note When the whole image is displayed the icon changes to Whole Image 2 Set Destination 3 Set Output Size according t...

Страница 765: ...u can also create two or more cropping frames If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an area is specified only the portion in the specified area will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 5 Set Image corrections as required 6 Click Scan Areas framed by broken lines are scanned Note A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in...

Страница 766: ... Driver Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Adjusting Histogram Adjusting Tone Curve Setting Threshold 766 ...

Страница 767: ...ow of a function and select an item from the pull down menu Important Do not apply these functions to images without moire dust scratches or faded colors The color tone may be adversely affected Refer to Image Settings for details and precautions on each function Note Refer to Scanning in Advanced Mode to start the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear and scan Adjusting the image brightness and color ton...

Страница 768: ...ing the base color in recycled paper newspapers etc when scanning documents Set Reduce Show through to ON OFF ON Sharpening slightly out of focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON OFF ON Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON OFF ON 768 ...

Страница 769: ...es to Low Medium or High according to the degree of dust and scratches None Medium Correcting photos that have faded with time or due to colorcast Set Fading Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of fading or colorcast None Medium Reducing graininess Set Grain Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of graininess None Medium Correcting shadows that appear betwee...

Страница 770: ...None Medium 770 ...

Страница 771: ...ue to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color Cyan red magenta green and yellow blue are complementary color pairs each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color ...

Страница 772: ...ellow and Magenta arrows to correct Before After Note Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames scan areas or the frame selected in thumbnail view You can select multiple frames or cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key You can also select a color tone from the color pattern displayed on the left of the Color Pattern screen You can also use this function to ad...

Страница 773: ...ndow Saturation Adjust the image s saturation vividness You can brighten colors that have faded with time etc Move Slider under Saturation to the left to decrease the saturation darken the image and to the right to increase the saturation brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Saturation decreased Original image Saturation increased Note The natural color tone of the original ima...

Страница 774: ...r produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color It is usually difficult to correct the image completely by adjusting only one color pair It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white and adjust all three color pairs so that the portion turns white You can also...

Страница 775: ... switch to detailed view Click Up arrow to return to the previous view Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust...

Страница 776: ...n the image too much and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much Contrast Contrast is the degree of difference between the brighter and darker parts of an image Increasing contrast will increase the difference thus sharpening the image Decreasing contrast will decrease the difference thus softening the image Move Slider under Contrast to the left to decrease and right to increase the ...

Страница 777: ...Note Increasing the contrast is effective in adding a three dimensional feel to soft images However shadows and highlights may be lost if you increase the contrast too much 777 ...

Страница 778: ...ure of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel Note Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Histograms You can see the histogram of a specified area for each C...

Страница 779: ...vel 0 The parts at Mid point Slider will turn to the color exactly between the black point and white point All parts to the right of White point Slider will turn white level 255 When Image Adjustment is set to anything but None the adjustments shown below are performed automatically Moving the Black point and White point Sliders Move the Black point Slider or White point Slider to adjust brightnes...

Страница 780: ...s with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid point Slider toward the highlight side Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid point Slider toward the shadow side Adjusting Histograms Using the Droppers When you select a Channel and click the Black point Mid point or White point Dropper the mouse pointer on the preview image changes to a dropper Click a Dr...

Страница 781: ...cked with White point Dropper will be the brightest point You can also enter a value 10 to 255 Click Dropper for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview image The clicked point will be set as the achromatic color reference and the rest of the image is adjusted accordingly For instance if snow in a photo appears bluish click the bluish part to adjust the whole im...

Страница 782: ... mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel Note Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Tone Curves With ScanGear scanning images via a scanner is the...

Страница 783: ... The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side resulting in a bright toned image when viewed on a monitor Underexposure Concave curve The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the shadow of the output side resulting in a dark toned image when viewed on a monitor High contrast S curve The highlight and shadow of the input side are enhanced resu...

Страница 784: ...Downward sloping line The input and output sides are reversed resulting in a negative positive inverted image Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas 784 ...

Страница 785: ...ent window Adjusting Threshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255 However in creating black and white images all colors are mapped to either black 0 or white 255 Threshold is the borderline value that determines a color as black or white Move Slider to the right to increase the threshold value and thus increase the black areas Move the slider to ...

Страница 786: ...ar Scanner Driver Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab 786 ...

Страница 787: ...hen scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Source Photo Color Scan color photos Magazine Color Scan color magazines Document Color Scan documents in color Document Grayscale Scan documents in black and white Document Color ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in color Document Grayscale ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in black and white Docume...

Страница 788: ...t type will also be active If you select Magazine Color the descreen function will be active Display Preview Image Preview Performs a trial scan Note When using the machine for the first time scanner calibration starts automatically Wait a while until the preview image appears Destination Select what you want to do with the scanned image Print Select this to print the scanned image on a printer Im...

Страница 789: ...ining the aspect ratio Monitor Size 1024 x 768 pixels etc Select an output size in pixels A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will be displayed and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output si...

Страница 790: ... the scan area within the Preview area If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an area is specified only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image corrections Allows you to apply corrections to images Important Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected on ...

Страница 791: ...ings tab of the Preferences dialog box Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning Note When scanning starts the progress will be displayed Click Cancel to cancel the scan Preferences Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan preview settings Close Closes ScanGear scanner driver 2 Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view In thumbnail...

Страница 792: ...lable when two or more frames are displayed Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue Select All Cropping Frames Available when two or more cropping frames are specified Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current ...

Страница 793: ...ect multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key Unselected no outline The settings will not be applied Double click a frame to zoom in on the image Click Frame Advance at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame Double click the frame again to return the display to its non magnified state When Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are sc...

Страница 794: ...g frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Related Topic Scanning in Basic Mode 794 ...

Страница 795: ...view The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Favorite Settings You can name and save a group of settings Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings and Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab and load it as required It is convenient to save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly You can also...

Страница 796: ...rrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the image s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values histogram or balance tone curve Zoom Zooms in on a frame or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame scan area When zoomed in Zoom changes to Undo Click Undo to return the display to its non mag...

Страница 797: ...he next action may appear Follow the prompt to complete For details refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab Preferences dialog box It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size In that case a warning message appears it is recommended that you reduce the total size To continue scan in whole image view Preferences Opens t...

Страница 798: ...ing the image Right click the image to zoom out Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again...

Страница 799: ...s to all of them Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings document type etc Open Guide Opens this page 3 Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview You can also check the results of the settings image corrections color adjustments etc made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Wh...

Страница 800: ...selected no outline The settings will not be applied When Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned Note You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping fra...

Страница 801: ...ing a model supporting ADF duplex scanning Paper Size Select the size of the document to be scanned This setting is available in whole image view only When you select a size the Preview area size changes accordingly Important Some applications have a limit to the amount of scan data they can receive Available scan range is as follows 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels or less If you change Paper Size aft...

Страница 802: ...n black and white photos or to create black and white images This mode renders the image in 256 levels 8 bit of black and white Black and White Select this mode to scan photos and documents in black and white This mode renders the image in black and white The contrast in the image is divided at certain levels threshold level into black and white and is rendered in two colors The threshold level ca...

Страница 803: ...played and its aspect ratio is fixed Note The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi scaled at 100 When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for details on croppi...

Страница 804: ...i When Select Source is Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 600 dpi Output Size Select an output size Select Flexible to set custom sizes or select a size for printing or displaying Select Add Delete to set custom size and save it as a new output size option Flexible You can specify the output resolution and scale and adjust the cropping ...

Страница 805: ... or move it while maintaining the aspect ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output sizes In the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box you can specify multiple output sizes and save them at one time Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected along with the predefined items Adding Select Print or Image disp...

Страница 806: ... Images in Preview Tab Preferences dialog box Switch Aspect Ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation Data Size The data size when scanned with the current settings is displayed Note When the data size exceeds a certain size the value appears in red In that case a warning mess...

Страница 807: ...ing items Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected document type or the specified document type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustment will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the ...

Страница 808: ...t this setting Important Reduce Show through can be set when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box and Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image when scanning photos OFF Unsharp Mask will not be applied ON Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image It is r...

Страница 809: ... that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will not be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colo...

Страница 810: ...t level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important You can set Gutter Shadow Correction after preview Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg or more on the platen Also do not press on the document with a force exceeding 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg If you press h...

Страница 811: ...e document with black cloth if white spots streaks or colored patterns appear in scan results due to ambient light entering between the document and the Platen If the shadow is not corrected properly adjust the cropping frame scan area on the preview image Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 811 ...

Страница 812: ...Color Adjustment Buttons the results will be reflected in the preview image Click a Color Adjustment Button to set the following items Saturation Color Balance Adjust the saturation vividness and color tone of the image Use this function to brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or...

Страница 813: ...e no settings to make in this screen For a color image select a color in Channel to check either Red Green or Blue or select Master to check three colors together If you place the cursor on the preview image the portion will be enlarged and its RGB values only L when Color Mode is Grayscale before and after the adjustments will be displayed Threshold Set the boundary threshold at which black and w...

Страница 814: ...gs List and click Delete Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List You can load and apply the saved tone curve threshold settings to a preview image To load the settings select the saved item from the pull down menu Note Save up to 20 items Defaults Reset all adjustments saturation color balance brightness contrast histogram and tone curve 814...

Страница 815: ...settings specify the folder in which to save images temporarily and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan Preview Tab Allows you to select what to do with Preview when ScanGear is started how to display cropping frames after previewing images and the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents Scan Tab Allows you to select what to do with ScanGear after scanning image Col...

Страница 816: ...Settings dialog box Note If the machine is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the machine status In that case click OK to exit ScanGear scanner driver Auto Power On Select Enable to turn on the machine automatically when data is received Auto Power Off Specify the amount of time you want to set from the list When this time lapse...

Страница 817: ...g or printing may take longer than usual when this function is used Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine duri...

Страница 818: ...ile mid rmi midi Audio file wav aif aiff MP3 file mp3 Calibration Settings When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewing and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images Note Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases such as immediately after you turn the machine on C...

Страница 819: ... Advanced Mode tab settings are also saved None No preview image will be displayed at startup Note Select None if you do not want to save the preview image Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Select how to display cropping frames after previewing images Execute auto cropping on previewed images The cropping frame scan area will automatically be displayed in the document size after previewing Displa...

Страница 820: ...e standard size Standard The standard size Smaller Displays 95 in width and height of the area displayed for the standard size Note When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size As the preview images are refreshed the color adjustments and other settings applied to them are reset 820 ...

Страница 821: ... original application when scanning is completed Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed Display the dialog to select next action Select this to open a screen and select what to do when scanning is completed Note Even if Do not close ScanGear automatically or Display the dialog to select next action is set some ap...

Страница 822: ...inter colors thus reducing time and trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors Source Scanner Select scanner profile Target Select target profile Monitor Select this checkbox to display preview image with optimum correction for monitor Defaults Returns to the default Color Matching settings Note The Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab are not available when you select C...

Страница 823: ...nual for the monitor printer and application settings Monitor Gamma By setting the gamma value of a monitor you can adjust the input data to the brightness characteristics of the monitor Adjust the value if your monitor s gamma value does not match the default value set in ScanGear and the colors of the original image are not accurately reflected in the monitor Click Defaults to return to the defa...

Страница 824: ... the item type or size automatically Important When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning Reflective disc labels may not be scann...

Страница 825: ...J Scan Utility With network connection items may not be scanned correctly when five or more items are placed In that case reduce the number of items placed on the platen to four or less then scan again Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are cor rected automatically Important Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the por tions in which it...

Страница 826: ... document guides to the width of the documents Insert the documents face up until a beep sounds Note When scanning duplex documents place the front sides facing up They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around 826 ...

Страница 827: ...Scan Utility Initial Cropping Frame In thumbnail view No cropping frame is specified You can drag the mouse over a thumbnail to specify a cropping frame In whole image view An active cropping frame is automatically specified around the preview image You can drag the cropping frame in the Preview area to specify the area Note You can change the auto crop setting in the Preferences dialog box Refer ...

Страница 828: ...e in the direction of the arrow the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly The cursor will change into Crosshair Arrow when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Note On the Advanced Mode tab you can specify the cropping frame size by entering the values into Width and Height in Input Settings You can rotate a cropping frame...

Страница 829: ...lso select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key If you select multiple cropping frames and change the settings on a tab at the right of ScanGear the settings will be applied to all the selected cropping frames When you create a new cropping frame it retains the settings of the latest cropping frame Note Create up to 12 cropping frames Scanning takes longer than usu...

Страница 830: ... select it and click Remove Cropping Frame on the Toolbar Alternatively press the Delete key When there are multiple cropping frames all the selected cropping frames active cropping frame and selected cropping frames are deleted simultaneously 830 ...

Страница 831: ... using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 ...

Страница 832: ...rrectly in some applications In that case increase the operating system s virtual memory and retry When image size is too large such as when scanning large images at high resolution your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 depending on the application In that case cancel the action for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar then increase the operating system s virt...

Страница 833: ...Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver 833 ...

Страница 834: ...Vista 1 Follow the procedure below to open Network Windows 7 From Start menu select Computer Network Windows Vista From Start menu select Network 2 Right click XXX_MAC address where XXX is model name in the displayed screen then select Install The setting may have been completed already depending on your environment In that case Uninstall appears Scanning with WIA Driver 2 0 The following is an ex...

Страница 835: ...twork connection the following resolutions can be specified 150 dpi 300 dpi 600 dpi Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 100 to 100 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will i...

Страница 836: ... the platen select Flatbed for Paper source To scan from the ADF select Document Feeder Select the type of picture from Color picture Grayscale picture Black and white picture or text and Custom Settings Note When using the scanner or printer with network connection the options for the type of picture may differ from those displayed with USB connection To scan with the values previously set in Adj...

Страница 837: ...ing the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot specify Brightness and Contrast 5 Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Drag to specify the scan area Important With network connection scan without preview when scanning documents from the ADF If you preview place the document again and scan If there is document left in the ADF after previewing press...

Страница 838: ...l apps Canon Utilities IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Windows 7 Windows Vista From the Start menu click All Programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 IJ Network...

Страница 839: ...nel Instructions Opens this guide Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important When using a model with which y...

Страница 840: ...nd try selecting again MP Drivers is installed Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual You do not need to use this software when scan...

Страница 841: ...o a user account with administrator privilege 1 Click Control Panel Programs Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 then click Uninstall Change Note If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue 3 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears 4 When uninstallation is complete click OK Note When the message prompting you to restart your computer appears c...

Страница 842: ...Scanning Tips Resolution Data Formats Color Matching 842 ...

Страница 843: ... a Computer tab of the Settings dialog box ScanGear Scanner Driver Output Resolution in Output Settings on the Advanced Mode tab Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Item Type Use Color Mode Appropriate Resolution Color photo Copying Printing Color 300 dpi Creating a postcard Color 300 dpi Saving to a computer Color 300 dpi Using on a website...

Страница 844: ...e processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Note When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above 844 ...

Страница 845: ...e every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is suitable for editing saved images Note Some TIFF files are incompatible IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats Uncompr...

Страница 846: ...put profile target The image s color space is converted from the scanner s color space to sRGB by ScanGear When displaying on a monitor the image s color space is converted from sRGB to the monitor s color space based on the operating system s monitor settings and the application s working space settings When printing the image s color space is converted from sRGB to the printer s color space base...

Страница 847: ...ting the item type or size automatically Important When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning Reflective disc labels may not be s...

Страница 848: ...han 0 4 inch 1 cm Note You can place up to 12 items Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are cor rected automatically Important For the portions in which items cannot be scan ned see Loading Originals Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Important Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF May result in paper jam Place and align documents of the same size when...

Страница 849: ...Insert the documents face up until a beep sounds 849 ...

Страница 850: ... used for scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well The product for scanning from the operation panel also changes If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility check that it is selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details To scan from the operation panel s...

Страница 851: ...ed to select it again Important If multiple scanners exist on the network multiple model names appear In that case you can select one scanner per model 4 Click OK Note The scanner selected in the Scan from PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen as well Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner ...

Страница 852: ...tart Windows 10 From the Start menu click All apps Canon Utilities IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 7 Windows Vista From the Start menu click All Programs Canon Utilities...

Страница 853: ...If your scanner or printer does not appear check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again MP Drivers is installed Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If the problem is still not solved see Network Communication Problems 853 ...

Страница 854: ...Scanning from Computer Mac OS Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Network Scan Settings 854 ...

Страница 855: ... Sending Scanned Data as E Mail from Machine Saving Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on Computer Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility Windows Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility Mac OS 855 ...

Страница 856: ...the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure all the required settings have been specified For Windows Network Scan Settings For Mac OS Network Scan Settings The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For more on settings of Canon IJ Sc...

Страница 857: ...ata to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10 Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista select Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings WSD setting If you press the left Function button the printer starts searching for the connected computers again 5 Select document type Note When you fo...

Страница 858: ...s Color button for color scanning or Black button for black white scanning Note When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD press the Color button If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings If you load the original in the ADF The printer starts scanning and scanned data ...

Страница 859: ...layed after pressing the Color or Black button In this case select Canon IJ Scan Utility and click OK If you want to scan originals with advanced settings or if you want to edit or print scanned images If you scan originals from a computer you can edit the scanned images such as optimizing or trimming In addition you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to...

Страница 860: ...n the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure all the required settings have been specified For Windows Network Scan Settings For Mac OS Network Scan Settings The mail software and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For more on settings of Canon IJ Scan Utility For ...

Страница 861: ...yed 6 Select document type Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 7 Press right Function button to specify settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Note Pressing the lef...

Страница 862: ...select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail Scanned data is for...

Страница 863: ... Machine Sending Scanned Data as E Mail from Machine Registering Recipients E Mail Address Registering Recipients in Group E Mail Changing Registered Information Deleting Registered Information Importing Exporting E Mail Address Book 863 ...

Страница 864: ... sending scanned data as an e mail are specified using Remote UI Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data Follow the procedure below to send the scanned data as an e mail from the printer 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select Scan on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 4 Selec...

Страница 865: ...ss the OK button to display the input log and select the recipient s 7 Perform mail sending settings The screen below appears A Enter the subject Press the OK button to display the input screen B Press the OK button to select the items below 1 Press the OK button to check the address Pressing the right Function button returns to the previous screen 2 Pressing the OK button and selecting Yes delete...

Страница 866: ...ngs as a custom setting Registering Favorite Settings Custom profiles 10 Load original document on the platen glass or in ADF 11 Press Color button for color scanning or Black button for black white scanning Note If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings If you select ON for Preview on...

Страница 867: ...aten glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is sent as an e mail Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete Checking Send Log Selecting Check send log on E mail directly from device and pressing the OK button displays the items below Display send log Displays the send log of t...

Страница 868: ...e sure printer is turned on 2 Select Scan on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 4 Select E mail directly from device and press OK button 5 Select Edit e mail address book and press OK button 6 Select Display e mail address book and press OK button The screen to select an ID number is dis...

Страница 869: ...ou press the right Function button an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order 8 Select E mail address and press OK button 9 Select registration method and press OK button Direct entry The screen to register the recipient s e mail address and name is displayed Go to next step Select from send log When you select this registration method the screen to select the e mail address fro...

Страница 870: ...red If you do not change the e mail address go to next step 1 Move cursor to entry field of e mail address 2 Enter recipient s mail address 3 Press OK button Note You can enter the e mail address up to 60 characters 40 characters for the US Canada Korea and some regions of Latin America including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 12 Press OK button to finalize registration Note To regist...

Страница 871: ...sure printer is turned on 2 Select Scan on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 4 Select E mail directly from device and press OK button 5 Select Edit e mail address book and press OK button 6 Select Display e mail address book and press OK button The screen to select an ID number is displ...

Страница 872: ...me press the left Function button The registered recipients are displayed by ID number If you press the right Function button an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order 8 Select Group e mail and press OK button The screen to register the group name and the member of the group is displayed 9 Enter group name 1 Move cursor to entry field of group name 2 Enter group name 3 Press OK...

Страница 873: ...g the ID number using the Numeric but tons the registered recipients are searched by ID number Select a member and press the OK button Note To switch the display by name and by ID number press the left Function button The selected member is added on the list Note To delete the recipient from the group e mail select a recipient that you want to delete from the list and the right Function button 4 T...

Страница 874: ...he procedure to register another member to the same group e mail 11 Press OK button to finalize registration Note To register another group select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure 874 ...

Страница 875: ...ress OK button 7 Use button or Numeric buttons to select recipient or group dial to change and press OK button 8 Select Edit and press OK button 9 Change registered information To change an individual recipient When you want to change the recipient s name move the cursor to the entry field of name and change the recipient s name After pressing the OK button the cursor moves to the entry field of e...

Страница 876: ...name After pressing the OK button the cursor moves to the list of the members To register the changed group name press the OK button again When you want to add the member to group or delete from group move the cursor to the list of the members and add the member or delete After pressing the OK button the changed group is registered 876 ...

Страница 877: ...ecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 4 Select E mail directly from device and press OK button 5 Select Edit e mail address book and press OK button 6 Select Display e mail address book and press OK button 7 Use button or Numeric buttons to select recipient or group dial to change and press OK button 8 Select Delete and press OK button 9 Selec...

Страница 878: ...E screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port 4 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 5 Select E mail directly from device and press OK button 6 Select Edit e mail address book and press OK button 7 Select Import e mail address book and press OK button 8 Check message that is displayed sele...

Страница 879: ...ook on a USB flash drive which already includes it Delete the book from the USB flash drive or use the one which includes no book The folder name which includes the e mail address book is CANON_SC_ EMAIL_ADDRESS BIN 4 Select Attach to E mail and press OK button 5 Select E mail directly from device and press OK button 6 Select Edit e mail address book and press OK button 7 Select Export e mail addr...

Страница 880: ... assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Select Scan on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 3 Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port 4 Select USB flash drive and press OK button Note When the message informing you that the ...

Страница 881: ...Black button for black white scanning Note If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings If you select ON for Preview on the scan setting screen The preview screen is displayed before saving the scanned original on the USB flash drive If ON is selected for Preview on the scan settings scre...

Страница 882: ...on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete Note If the USB flash drive becomes full while scanning images is in progress only the images already scanned can be saved You can save up to 2000 files of scanned data in both PDF and JPEG data format The folder and file name of scanned data saved on the USB flash drive is as follows Folder name file extension PDF CAN...

Страница 883: ...d to a computer via a LAN correctly The destination folder is registered using Canon Quick Utility Toolbox in advance You can register the destination folder using Canon Quick Utility Toolbox For more on settings of Canon Quick Utility Toolbox For Windows Destination Folder Settings For Mac OS Destination Folder Settings Follow the procedure below to forward scanned data to the shared folder on th...

Страница 884: ...n on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting Registering Favorite Settings Custom profiles 7 Load original document on platen glass or in ADF 8 Press Color button for color scanning or Black button for black white scanning Note If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in th...

Страница 885: ...DF The printer starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder of the computer If you load the original on the platen glass When you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen the printer starts scanning and scanned data is saved on the shared folder of the computer When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen the confirmation screen asking you...

Страница 886: ...ess OK button Note When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the printer you are using 5 Select Delete scanned data and press OK button The file list is displayed Note You can preview the file to delete or switch the file list between PDF and JPEG 1 Switch format By pressing the left Function button you can switch the display between the PDF ...

Страница 887: ...PDF data is selected only the first page of the PDF data is displayed on the LCD 6 Select file to delete and press OK button 7 Select Yes on confirmation screen and press OK button The printer starts deleting the file 887 ...

Страница 888: ...rayed out Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item the document type selected for Doc type or the scan menu on the screen for selecting to which you save the data If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details appears on the LCD and appears at the setting item In this case press the left Function button to check the ...

Страница 889: ...ow through on the scanned document This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type 7 Descreen A printout consists of minute dots to make characters or graphs Interfering with each dot may result in uneven shades or a striped pattern Select ON if you notice any uneven shades or a striped pattern on the scanned image This setting item is not available when Photo is selected fo...

Страница 890: ...respond when scanning from the operation panel Note The screens for scanning photos from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings dialog box appears 3 Select a scan mode on the Scanning from the Operation Panel tab 890 ...

Страница 891: ...tings Save to PC Document Dialog Box Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Box Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Box 4 Set Scan Options 5 Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings 891 ...

Страница 892: ...ect the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings 7 Click OK The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel 892 ...

Страница 893: ... following scan functions PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon Save scanned images to data storage services through integration with various cloud services without using a computer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 893 ...

Страница 894: ...w ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Important In certain countries PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have an ac...

Страница 895: ...Preparing for Faxing Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer Registering Recipients Receiving Faxes Other Useful Fax Functions Sending Faxes from Computer Windows Sending Faxes from Computer Mac OS 895 ...

Страница 896: ... be able to send or receive faxes make copies or scan originals When you are connecting the telephone whether or not you can use it depends upon your telephone line or telephone Setting Up Printer The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function Follow the procedure below to set up the printer 1 Connecting Telephone Line 2 Setting Telephone Line Type 3 Set...

Страница 897: ...uring fax transmission or reception the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur Such services as Caller ID etc may not operate properly on the telephone If you cannot avoid parallel connections set the receive mode to TEL priority mode understanding that the above problems may occur You will only be able to receive faxes manually Basic Connection Make sure that the printer is...

Страница 898: ...ows Attach the B T adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device and then connect the B T adapter to the external device jack Connecting Various Lines This section introduces how to connect various lines These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition For details refer to the instruction manual supplied with the network device control devices such as...

Страница 899: ...ilt in to the modem C Computer D Telephone or answering machine Important When the splitter is not built in to the modem do not branch the telephone line before the splitter wall side And also do not connect splitters in parallel The printer may not be able to operate properly Note When connecting to the xDSL line select the same line type as you are subscribing to in Telephone line type Setting T...

Страница 900: ... is not supported You can print USER S DATA LIST to check the current setting Summary of Reports and Lists 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select Setup on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and then press OK button 4 Select FAX settings and then press OK button 5 Select FAX user settings and then press OK button 6 Select Telephone line type and then press OK but...

Страница 901: ...eed to connect a telephone or an answering machine to the external device jack of this printer For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering machine to the printer Basic Connection Setting Receive Mode This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Function list and ...

Страница 902: ... telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is con nected to the printer depending on the type or settings of the tele phone DRPD or Network switch When receiving voice calls with a telephone or answer ing machine connected to the printer and subscribing to a ring pattern detection service provided by your telephone company When a call incomes the telephone will ring The printer detects...

Страница 903: ...ming ring in FAX only mode is available in TEL priority mode If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in TEL priority mode select FAX only mode on the Receive mode settings screen specify the number of times the external device rings with Incoming ring and then switch to TEL priority mode on the Receive mode settings screen If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in ...

Страница 904: ...ive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call To use DRPD follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by your telephone company Note Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Function list and then press OK button The ...

Страница 905: ...9 Press Back button The Receive mode settings screen is displayed 10 Press OK button The Function list screen is displayed 905 ...

Страница 906: ...x telephone number C Unit name D The registered recipient s name is printed when sending faxes E Page number Note You can print USER S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered Summary of Reports and Lists When sending faxes in black white you can select whether to print the sender information inside or outside the image area Specify the setting on TTI position in Advanced FA...

Страница 907: ...on to move the cursor under the desired position and then use the button to enter the date and time Enter the date and time in 24 hour format Enter only the last two digits of the year 7 Press OK button 8 Press HOME button to return to HOME screen Setting Daylight Saving Time Summer Time Some countries adopt the daylight saving time summer time system that shifts the clock time forward at certain ...

Страница 908: ... then press OK button 4 Select Device user settings and then press OK button 5 Select Daylight saving time setting and then press OK button 6 Select ON and then press OK button To disable summer time select OFF 7 Set date and time when summer time starts 1 Set date when summer time starts Use the button to change the setting item use the button to change the setting and then use the OK button to c...

Страница 909: ... to confirm the selection 2 Set time in 24 hour format when summer time ends Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position use the button to enter the time and then press the OK button Precede single digits with a zero 9 Press HOME button to return to HOME screen Registering User Information This section describes the procedure to register the user information 909 ...

Страница 910: ...OME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and then press OK button 4 Select FAX settings and then press OK button 5 Select FAX user settings and then press OK button 6 Select User information settings and then press OK button The screen to register the unit name and the unit fax telephone number is displayed 7 Enter unit name 1 Move cursor to Unit name 2 Enter unit name 3 Press...

Страница 911: ...bers Letters and Symbols 8 Enter unit fax telephone number 1 Move cursor to Unit TEL 2 Enter unit fax telephone number Note You can enter the fax telephone number up to 20 digits including spaces For details on how to enter or delete characters Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 9 Press OK button to finalize registration 911 ...

Страница 912: ...ending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Resending Faxes Redialing Busy Number Setting Items for Sending Faxes Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions 912 ...

Страница 913: ...Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Load documents on platen glass or in ADF Important When sending a double sided document load the document on the platen glass Double sided documents cannot be automatically scanned and sent from the ADF Note For details on the types conditions of document and how to load the document Loading Originals 3 Select FAX on H...

Страница 914: ...d Recipient H Current state The current state is displayed I Send Settings Setting Items for Sending Faxes Note If you have not set up the printer for sending receiving faxes yet the message for setup is displayed on the LCD when you select FAX for the first time When you set up for faxing follow the procedure according to the instructions on the LCD 4 Use Numeric buttons to dial recipient s fax t...

Страница 915: ...sing OK the remaining documents are automatically ejected If you load the document on the platen glass After scanning the document the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is displayed To send the scanned document press the OK button to start sending it To send two or more pages follow the message to load the next page and press the Color or Black button After scanning all ...

Страница 916: ... Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent If you unplug the power cord all unsent documents stored in the printer s memory are lost 916 ...

Страница 917: ...r Automatic Redialing You can enable or disable automatic redialing If you enable automatic redialing you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings Important While automatic redialing the unsent ...

Страница 918: ...e only when the recipient s fax device supports color faxing Note For manual redialing the printer memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax telephone numbers Note that the printer does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial function or selecting from the directory To cancel manual redialing press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progre...

Страница 919: ...e print quality documents If the recipient s fax device is not compatible with Extra fine 300 x 300 dpi the fax will be sent in the Standard or Fine resolution Photo Suitable for photographs Note When sending a color fax documents are always scanned in the same resolution 200 x 200 dpi The image quality compression rate is determined by which scan resolution is selected except that Extra fine and ...

Страница 920: ...ful Functions Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone Sending Fax to Registered Recipient Sending Same Document to Several Recipients Sequential Broadcasting Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes Using On Hook Dial Function 920 ...

Страница 921: ...ou cannot use the platen glass to load documents Load the documents in the ADF When loading document on the platen glass send a fax with automatic transmission Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number To speak to the recipient before sending a fax you need to connect a telephone to the printer For details on how to connect the telephone to the printer Basic Connection Note For details on the...

Страница 922: ...olor transmission or the Black button for black white transmission Important Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax device supports color faxing 10 Hang up handset Note To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button and then follow the instructions on the LCD If documents remain in the ADF after t...

Страница 923: ...fter speaking on the telephone Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone Note For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Load documents on platen glass or in ADF 3 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Change send settings as necessary Setting Items for Sending ...

Страница 924: ...it or delete a selected recipient Changing Registered Information Deleting Registered Information 8 Press Color button for color transmission or Black button for black white transmission Important Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax device supports color faxing Note To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress pre...

Страница 925: ...tended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents we recommend that you send them one by one after speaking on the telephone Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone Note If you frequently send documents to the same group of recipients you can group these numbers for group dialing This will allow you to send documents to all...

Страница 926: ... buttons to enter the recipient s fax telephone number Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Note If FAX number re entry in Security control under FAX settings is set to ON enter the number again Security control By redialing Press the right Function button and select a number in the outgoing call logs Manual Redialing 6 Add recipient 1 Select Add recipient and then press OK button The li...

Страница 927: ...casting screen is displayed after specifying the multiple recipients 4 If you want to add recipient further repeat same procedure Note You can specify the recipient either by entering the fax telephone number or by selecting a number from the outgoing call logs If you want to delete the recipient select a recipient that you want to delete and then press the button 7 Press Color button for color tr...

Страница 928: ...celed You cannot cancel a fax transmission to only one recipient If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing OK the remaining documents are automatically ejected 928 ...

Страница 929: ...ent s fax device information matches the dialed number Sending Faxes after Checking Information Checking Recipient s Information Sending Faxes after Dialing Twice Fax Number Re entry Set FAX number re entry to ON following the procedure below 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select Setup on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and then press OK button 4 Select FAX ...

Страница 930: ...ure that printer is turned on 2 Select Setup on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and then press OK button 4 Select FAX settings and then press OK button 5 Select Security control and then press OK button 6 Select Check RX FAX information and then press OK button 7 Select ON and then press OK button Important Transmission will be canceled if the printer fails to receiv...

Страница 931: ...ng Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Note You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings is set to Enable Security control For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Load documents in ADF 3 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel The Fax ...

Страница 932: ...olor transmission or the Black button for black white transmission Important Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax device supports color faxing Note To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button and then follow the instructions on the LCD If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is p...

Страница 933: ...Registering Recipients Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 Windows Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 Mac OS 933 ...

Страница 934: ...ered recipients in the group Registering Recipients in Group Dial You can register up to 100 recipients in total of individual recipients and group dials Note To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial see Changing Registered Information To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial see Deleting Registered Information To print a list of the re...

Страница 935: ...ress OK button 5 Select Directory registration and then press OK button The screen to select an ID number is displayed Note If you already registered the recipients the recipients name is displayed next to the ID number If you already registered the group dial the icon and the group name are displayed next to the ID number 6 Use button or Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number and the...

Страница 936: ...d name is displayed Go to next step From outgoing call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed Selecting a fax telephone number and pressing the OK button the screen to register the recipient s fax telephone number and name is displayed Go to next step From incoming call log When you select this registratio...

Страница 937: ...rsor to entry field of name 2 Enter recipient s name 3 Press OK button Note You can enter the name up to 16 characters including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 11 Enter recipient s fax telephone number If you select a fax telephone number on From outgoing call log or From incoming call log the fax telephone number is already entered If you do not change the fax telephone number go to ...

Страница 938: ...T by pressing the Tone key 12 Press OK button to finalize registration Note To register another recipient s number and name select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure You can check the recipient s numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST Printing List of Registered Destinations 938 ...

Страница 939: ...5 Select Directory registration and then press OK button The screen to select an ID number is displayed Note If you already registered the recipients the recipients name is displayed next to the ID number If you already registered the group dial the icon and the group name are displayed next to the ID number 6 Use button or Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number and then press OK butt...

Страница 940: ...oup name 2 Enter group name 3 Press OK button Note You can enter the name up to 16 characters including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 9 Register registered recipient as a member of group dial 1 Make sure that Member is displayed 2 Press left Function button The printer s directory is displayed 3 Choose a member to register Display by name Display by ID number 940 ...

Страница 941: ...d then press the OK button Note To switch the display by name and by ID number press the left Function button The selected member is added on the list Note To delete the recipient from the group dial select a recipient that you want to delete from the list and the right Function button 4 To add another member press left Function button The printer s directory is displayed 5 Select a member to regi...

Страница 942: ... button to finalize registration Note To register another group select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST Printing List of Registered Destinations 942 ...

Страница 943: ...rsor to the entry field of name and then change the recipient s name After pressing the OK button the cursor moves to the entry field of fax telephone numbers To register the changed recipient s name press the OK button again When you want to change the fax telephone number move the cursor to the entry field of fax telephone numbers and then change the fax telephone number After pressing the OK bu...

Страница 944: ...anel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Select Function list and then press OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Select TEL number registration and then press OK button 5 Select Directory registration and then press OK button 6 Use button to select a recipient or a group dial to delete and then press OK button 7 Select Delete and then press OK button 8 Select Yes and then press OK ...

Страница 945: ... then press OK button 6 Select Directory list and then press OK button 7 Select an item to print and then press OK button If you selected Recipient The confirmation screen to select whether to print the list in alphabetical order is displayed If you select Yes and press the OK button Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order If you select No and press the OK button Prints RECIPI...

Страница 946: ...s it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed Dial Utility2 Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2 Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer Registering a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Changing a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Deleting a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utili...

Страница 947: ...ou do not know the administrator password contact the administrator of the printer Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility2 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Start up Speed Dial Utility2 For Windows 10 click Start button and select All apps Canon Utilities and then Speed Dial Utility2 For Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Speed Dial Utility2 on the Start screen to start Speed Dial...

Страница 948: ...Manual For printer that supports both wireless LAN connection and wired LAN connection MAC address of wired LAN connection is displayed regardless of the connection method 2 Display Printer Settings Loads the telephone directory registered on the printer that selected for Printer Name into Speed Dial Utility2 3 Setting Item List Selects a setting item for editing Choose one item from TEL Number Re...

Страница 949: ... Edit button 6 Load from PC Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer 7 Instructions Displays this guide 8 Exit Quits Speed Dial Utility2 Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility2 is neither saved on the computer nor registered on the printer 9 Save to PC Saves the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer 10 Register to Printer Registers th...

Страница 950: ...ber and rejected numbers that registered on the printer to the computer 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility2 2 Select a printer from Printer Name list box and then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click Save to PC 4 Enter file name on displayed screen and then click Save Note The data of the telephone directory RSD file rsd can be imported to other printer Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved ...

Страница 951: ... Printer Name list box and then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List The list of registered fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select an unoccupied code from list and then click Edit The Individual or Group Selection dialog box is displayed 5 Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial and then click Next If Register individual TEL...

Страница 952: ...e registering fax telephone numbers or a group dial repeat steps 4 to 6 To save the registered information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter file name on displayed screen and then click Save To register the registered information to the printer 1 Click Register to Printer 2 When message appears check it and click OK The information is registered to the printer 952 ...

Страница 953: ...art up Speed Dial Utility2 2 Select a printer from Printer Name list box and then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List The list of registered fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select a code to change from list and then click Edit If an individual fax telephone number is selected 1 Enter a new name 2 Enter a new fax telephone number If a group dia...

Страница 954: ...elete 5 Click OK To continue changing fax telephone numbers or group dials repeat steps 4 and 5 To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter file name on displayed screen and then click Save To register the edited information to the printer 1 Click Register to Printer 2 When message appears check it and click OK The information is registered to the printer 954 ...

Страница 955: ... fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select a code to delete from list and then click Delete Note To delete all fax telephone numbers on the list click Select All and then Delete 5 When confirmation screen appears click OK The selected fax telephone number is deleted To continue deleting fax telephone numbers repeat steps 4 and 5 To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2...

Страница 956: ... s information is displayed 4 Select an item to change and then click Edit The User Information dialog box is displayed 5 Enter new user s name on User Name and new fax telephone number in TEL Number and then click OK To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter file name on displayed screen and then click Save To register the edited information to the printer 1 Click ...

Страница 957: ...ed To register a rejected number 1 Select an unoccupied code from list and then click Edit 2 Enter fax telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box and then click OK To change a rejected number 1 Select a code to change from list and then click Edit 2 Enter fax telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box and then click OK To delete a rejected number 1 Select a code to delete from list and the...

Страница 958: ...sing Speed Dial Utility can be loaded 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility2 2 Select a printer from Printer Name list box and then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click Load from PC 4 Select a data of telephone directory RSD file rsd to register to your printer 5 Click Open on dialog box The selected telephone directory is displayed Note If you select the data of the telephone directory RSD file rsd tha...

Страница 959: ...Receiving Faxes Receiving Faxes Changing Paper Settings Memory Reception Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions 959 ...

Страница 960: ...tandby screen is displayed 3 Check receive mode setting Check the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen Note For details on how to change the receive mode Setting Receive Mode 4 Load paper Load the sheets of plain paper 5 Specify paper settings as necessary Changing Paper Settings This completes the preparation for receiving fax When a fax is received it is printed on the loaded...

Страница 961: ...s automatically Saving Received Faxes Automatically on USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on Computer When TEL priority mode is selected When the call is a fax The telephone will ring when a call incomes Pick up the handset If you hear the fax tone wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops and then hang up the handset The printer will receive the fax Note If ...

Страница 962: ... at least 5 seconds after it stops and then hang up the handset If Manual auto switch in Advanced is set to ON set RX start time to longer than the time before the answering machine starts playing the answering message After making this setting we recommend that you call the answering machine using a mobile phone etc to confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering machine Set y...

Страница 963: ... or Network switch is selected When the call is a fax The telephone will ring when a call incomes The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected Note You can change the number of times to ring the telephone Advanced Settings of Receive Mode When the call is a voice call The telephone will ring when a call incomes When the printer does not detect the fax ring p...

Страница 964: ...y For DRPD You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer Setting DRPD Ring Pattern US and Canada only For Network switch The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase This setting may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase 964 ...

Страница 965: ... printing is in progress the received faxes are stored in the printer s memory and the error message for no paper is displayed on the LCD In this case load paper and press the OK button You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the printer s memory later Printing Document in Printer s Memory Note If the sender sends a document that is larger than Let...

Страница 966: ...d printing Two sided printing is available for black white faxes Color faxes are printed on the single side of paper regardless of this setting After 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting press the right Function button to specify the stapling side Note When Page size is set to A4 or Letter the received faxes are printed on the two sides of paper 6 Press OK button 966 ...

Страница 967: ...r Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings Auto print settings An error has occurred on the printer If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings a received fax will be printed automatically However if any of the following errors occurs the received fax will not be printed It will instead be stored in the printer s memory When the error is...

Страница 968: ...resume printing of the fax Note The printer can store up to max 250 pages max 30 documents of faxes in the printer s memory When using ITU T No 1 chart Standard mode If the printer s memory becomes full during memory reception only pages which already have been received are stored in the memory Print the received faxes stored in the printer s memory save them on the USB flash drive or forward rece...

Страница 969: ...seful Functions Saving Received Faxes Automatically on USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on Computer Remote Reception Rejecting Fax Reception Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls 969 ...

Страница 970: ...faxes are stored in the printer s memory when the received faxes are not saved on the USB flash drive because the USB flash drive is not inserted or because it is not writable You can save the faxes stored in the printer s memory to the USB flash drive manually Delete the unnecessary fax from printer s memory after saving to the USB flash drive Saving Document in Printer s Memory to USB Flash Driv...

Страница 971: ...The folder and file name of faxes saved on the USB flash drive is as follows Folder name CANON_SC FAXDOC 0001 File name file extension PDF Running numbers starting from FAX_0001 File date The date and time of saving as set in the printer For details on how to set the date and time Setting Date and Time When removing the USB flash drive set Auto save setting to OFF 971 ...

Страница 972: ... shared folder because the printer is not connected with the computer or because the shared folder setting is changed You can forward the faxes stored in the printer s memory to the shared folder on the computer manually Delete the unnecessary fax from printer s memory after forwarding to the shared folder Forwarding Document in Printer s Memory to Shared Folder on Computer Deleting Document in Pr...

Страница 973: ...te You can forward up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file You can forward up to 2000 PDF files to the shared folder on the computer If the printer is disconnected with the computer or if the writing error occurs on the computer while saving faxes is in progress the error message is displayed on the LCD Press the OK button to dismiss the error The faxes forwarded to the shared folder are named with...

Страница 974: ... to tone dialing For details on how to switch to tone dialing refer to your telephone s instruction manual If you have an answering machine connected to the printer that can carry out remote control operations the security code for this function may be the same as the remote reception ID In this case change the remote reception ID in Remote RX ID in Remote RX in Advanced FAX settings under FAX set...

Страница 975: ...ty control and then press OK button 6 Select FAX reception reject and then press OK button 7 Select ON and then press OK button 8 Select fax rejection condition and then press OK button No sender info Rejects faxes with no caller identification Not in directory Rejects faxes from the senders not registered in the printer s directory Rejected numbers Rejects faxes from the senders registered in the...

Страница 976: ...er the fax telephone number is displayed The screen to enter the fax telephone number is displayed when you press the OK button Enter the fax telephone number you want to register and then press the OK button From outgoing call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed Select a fax telephone number and then p...

Страница 977: ...ed number you want to change and then press OK button 2 Select Edit and then press OK button The screen to change the registered rejected number is displayed 3 Change registered rejected number in same procedure when you register 4 Finalize registration in same procedure when you register To delete the registered rejected number 1 Select a registered rejected number you want to delete and then pre...

Страница 978: ...y control and then press OK button 6 Select Caller rejection and then press OK button 7 Select Yes and then press OK button The Caller rejection conditions screen is displayed 8 Specify rejection conditions Use the button to select a setting item and use the button to select Accept or Reject Anonymous no Selects whether to reject a phone call or fax reception from an anonymous number Out of area n...

Страница 979: ...Note Even if you select Reject the printer rings once The printer may not ring depending on the country or region of purchase 979 ...

Страница 980: ...Other Useful Fax Functions Using Information Services Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM Document Stored in Printer s Memory Summary of Reports and Lists 980 ...

Страница 981: ...control under FAX settings is set to Enable Security control 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Press center Function button 4 Use Numeric buttons to dial number of information service 5 When recorded message for information service answers use Numeric buttons to press numbers in accordance with message ...

Страница 982: ... numbers in accordance with message 7 Press center Function button to finish using service Dialing by Using the Telephone Connected to the Printer 1 Make sure that printer is turned on 2 Select FAX on HOME screen Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Lift handset of telephone 4 Use telephone to dial number of information service 5 When recorded message for information ser...

Страница 983: ...e sender s or recipient s fax device is not compatible with ECM the fax will be sent received without automatic error correction To receive color faxes make sure that ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings is set to ON Advanced FAX settings To disable ECM transmission reception set ECM TX and ECM RX in Adv communication settings to OFF Transmission may tak...

Страница 984: ...tails on how to unplug the power cord refer to Unplugging the Machine You can print or delete the faxes stored in the printer s memory You can also save the received faxes stored in the printer s memory on the USB flash drive or forward the received faxes stored in the printer s memory to the shared folder on the computer To print a document in the printer s memory Printing Document in Printer s M...

Страница 985: ...lect a print menu and then press OK button To print the memory list MEMORY LIST If you select Print memory list you can print a list of the documents in the printer s memory MEMORY LIST When the print confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button The printing starts MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax TX RX NO transaction mode recipient s n...

Страница 986: ...The document is still stored in the printer s memory If you select No all pages of the document will be printed The screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the printer s memory is displayed after printing To print all the received documents stored in the printer s memory If you select Print all received documents you can print all the received documents stored in the printer s ...

Страница 987: ...isplayed 3 Select Function list and then press OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Select Memory reference and then press OK button Note If no document is stored in the printer s memory There is no document in memory is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen 5 Select a delete menu and then press OK button To specify a document to delete If you select Delete sp...

Страница 988: ...black white transmission reception After selecting the document to print and pressing the OK button the confirmation screen is displayed If you select Yes and press the OK button the specified document is deleted from printer s memory To delete all documents stored in the printer s memory If you select Delete all documents you can delete all documents from printer s memory If you select this menu ...

Страница 989: ...specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first Printing Document in Printer s Memory After saving the fax in the printer s memory to the USB flash drive the fax is still stored in the printer s memory For details on how to delete the fax in the printer s memory see Deleting Document in Printer s ...

Страница 990: ...ment to save and pressing the OK button the specified document is saved on the USB flash drive To save all the received documents stored in the printer s memory on the USB flash drive If you select Save all RX documents you can save all documents on the USB flash drive When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button When the Specify the storage medium screen is display...

Страница 991: ... File date The date and time of saving as set in the printer For details on how to set the date and time Setting Date and Time 991 ...

Страница 992: ... Utility Toolbox in advance For details on how to register the destination folder For Windows Destination Folder Settings For Mac OS Destination Folder Settings When forwarding a specified document you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first Printing Document in Printer s Memory After forw...

Страница 993: ...n the printer s memory There is no document that can be forwarded is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen A Date and time of transaction and fax telephone number B Transaction number TX RX NO A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 indicates a document being received C Color information Color is display...

Страница 994: ...ered folder a screen asking you to enter a PIN code is displayed Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination Note You can forward up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file You can forward up to 2000 PDF files on a USB flash drive Faxes are forwarded according to the order of the transaction number when Save all RX documents is selected If the printer is disconnecte...

Страница 995: ...d names registered You can print the lists of the recipient and group dial For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List USER S DATA LIST Lists the current settings of the printer and the registered sender information For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List MEMORY LIST Lists the documents currently stored in the printer s memory For details on the proc...

Страница 996: ...ed after each fax reception At the time of purchase the printer is set so that RX REPORT is not printed at all You can set the printer to print RX REPORT each time it receives a document or only when an error occurs by selecting RX report in Auto print settings under FAX settings Auto print settings If an error occurs when you receive a fax the error number is printed on RX REPORT there are some e...

Страница 997: ...f you select Yes the printer prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order If you select No the printer prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in numerical order If you select Group dial the confirmation screen is displayed Select Yes and then press OK button The printer prints GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST When you select an item other than Directory list The confirmation screen is ...

Страница 998: ...nd the document again Changing Registered Information 037 Memory is full The printer could not send a fax because its memory is full Delete contents in memory and then send a fax again Document Stored in Printer s Memory 059 Transmission has been canceled due to a fax information mismatch Transmission has been canceled because the printer could not detect the recipient s fax device information or ...

Страница 999: ...end it or set the printer to receive the fax automatically 037 Memory is full The printer could not receive a fax because its memory is full Delete contents in memory and then ask the sender to resend the fax See Docu ment Stored in Printer s Memory 046 Reception has been re jected due to the speci fied fax rejection condi tion Reception has been rejected because the fax matches the fax rejection ...

Страница 1000: ...asic Creating an Address Book Fax Driver Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book Fax Driver Search for a Recipient in an Address Book Fax Driver Cannot Send Faxes from Computer How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver General Notes Fax Driver 1000 ...

Страница 1001: ...le menu 3 In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box select Canon XXX series FAX where XXX is the model name 4 Click Print or OK Print dialog box in Notepad Note Click Preferences or Properties in the Print dialog box to open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver in which you can set the paper size and print orientation For details on how to open the print settings dialog box of t...

Страница 1002: ... address book Register the recipient in the address book and reopen the address book For details on how to register recipients in the address book see Creating an Address Book Fax Driver If the recipient s fax telephone number is entered incorrectly or the registered fax telephone number is incorrect the fax may be sent to an unexpected recipient When sending an important fax it is recommended tha...

Страница 1003: ...ating an Address Book Fax Driver Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed Example When the outside line access number is 0 and the fax number is XXX XXXX enter 0XXX XXXX 7 Click Send Now When a confirmation message is displayed click OK Important If you cannot send a fax due to line failure or other problem see Cannot Send Faxes from Computer Canceling Transmission If you...

Страница 1004: ...iver 2 Click Address Book in the displayed dialog box Note Once an individual recipient Contact is registered in the address book folder Windows Contacts as an address book file contact file it can be used in multiple applications However you cannot change the address book you use as only one address book can be created per user Follow the steps below to open Windows Contacts Windows 8 1 Windows 8...

Страница 1005: ...ote For faxing you can only specify the Contact one recipient You cannot specify a Distribution List 5 On Name and E mail tab of Properties dialog box enter First and Last The recipient s name will be printed at the top of the fax received by the recipient 1005 ...

Страница 1006: ...after entering the recipient Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed Example When the outside line access number is 0 and the fax number is XXX XXXX enter 0XXX XXXX If you upgrade from Windows XP to Windows Vista the address book you created in Windows XP may not be reflected in Windows Vista In this case open the address book in the following procedure and reflect the i...

Страница 1007: ...folders in Advanced settings then click OK 3 From the Start menu select XXXX user name then double click AppData Roaming Canon MP5 to open the folder 4 Double click the wab file The address book will be reflected in Windows Vista automatically Related Topic Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book Fax Driver Search for a Recipient in an Address Book Fax Driver 1007 ...

Страница 1008: ...ts registered in the address book Editing Recipients in an address book 1 Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver 2 Click Address Book in the displayed dialog box 3 Select the recipient you want to edit from the Address Book dialog box then click Properties 4 Change information as needed on the Properties dialog box then click OK 1008 ...

Страница 1009: ...from an address book 1 Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver 2 Click Address Book in the displayed dialog box 3 Select the recipient you want to delete from the Address Book dialog box then click Delete 1009 ...

Страница 1010: ...4 When a confirmation message is displayed click Yes 1010 ...

Страница 1011: ...nt to fax with an application such as Notepad and then click the Print command The command is Print on the File menu 2 In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box select Canon XXX series FAX where XXX is the model name 3 Click Print or OK Print dialog box in Notepad 4 Click Display Address Book in Set Recipient in the Send FAX dialog box 1011 ...

Страница 1012: ...Select Recipient from Address Book dialog box If the entered name is found the recipient will be displayed in the contact list with its name selected While the name is selected click Set as Recipient to enter it as the recipient Important You cannot search by criteria other than name 1012 ...

Страница 1013: ...d all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted Note If the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord the list of the faxes deleted from the machine s memory will be printed after turning the machine on Check 2 Is a document being sent from memory or a fax being received into memory When the message for the transmission reception is dis...

Страница 1014: ... support code is displayed see Support Code List for your model from Home of the Online Manual If no support code is displayed see A Message Is Displayed for your model from Home of the Online Manual If you are in a hurry press the Stop button to close the message then send the fax Check 8 Is the telephone line connected correctly Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack If th...

Страница 1015: ...alog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax Printer Icon Windows 8 1 Windows 8 1 Click the Settings charm Control Panel Hardware and Sound Devices and Printers 2 Right click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and select Printing Preferences then Canon XXX series FAX Where XXX is the model name Windows 7 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel Hardware and Sound Devices a...

Страница 1016: ...hen Canon XXX series FAX Where XXX is the model name Windows 7 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel Hardware and Sound Devices and Printers 2 Right click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and select Printer Properties then Canon XXX series FAX Where XXX is the model name Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers 2 Right ...

Страница 1017: ...Bluetooth port you cannot send a fax from the computer You can use the following characters for Fax Number Character Explanation 0 9 For use in telephone and fax numbers p To place a pause between numbers P To place a pause at the end of a sequence of numbers T Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal space To make the number easier to read You cannot insert a space at the front of a numb...

Страница 1018: ...Sending Faxes from Computer Mac OS Sending a Fax General Notes 1018 ...

Страница 1019: ... System Preferences and select Printers Scanners Print Scan on your Mac 2 Select to display the printer list 3 Select the printer s name listed as Bonjour Multifunction 4 Select Secure AirPrint or AirPrint from Use 5 Select Add Sending a Fax from Mac Note This function supports only monochrome transmission 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Open document you want to fax with an application 3 Open ...

Страница 1020: ...5 Specify fax paper settings as needed 6 Enter fax telephone numbers in To 1020 ...

Страница 1021: ...printer redials automatically according to the automatic redialing setting of the printer You can enable or disable automatic redialing If you enable automatic redialing you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts FAX settings Note To cancel automatic redialing wait until the printer starts redialing and then press the prin...

Страница 1022: ...se the following characters for To Character Explanation 0 9 For use in telephone and fax numbers space To make the number easier to read You cannot insert a space at the front of a number You can use the following characters for Dialing Prefix Character Explanation 0 9 For use in telephone and fax numbers p To place a pause between numbers T Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal space...

Страница 1023: ...es Not Start Paper Jams Scanning Problems Windows Scanning Problems Mac OS Cannot Print Scan from Smartphone Tablet Cannot Print Using AirPrint Cannot Set Correctly Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Message Appears on Computer During Setup Cannot Find Machine while Using Wireless LAN USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Network Key Unknown Machine Cann...

Страница 1024: ...LCD Shows Wrong Language Message Appears List of Support Code for Error A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen IJ Scan Utility Error Messages Windows IJ Scan Utility Error Messages Mac OS ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages Scanner Driver Error Messages Operation Problems Network Communication Problems Printing Problems Problems while Printing Scanning from Smartphone Tablet Sc...

Страница 1025: ...Network Communication Problems Cannot Find Machine on Network Network Connection Problems Other Network Problems 1025 ...

Страница 1026: ...Settings Screen Cannot Find Machine after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup Searching Machine by IP Address or Host Name During Setup Windows Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen Connect Cable Screen While using printer Cannot Find Machine while Using Wireless LAN 1026 ...

Страница 1027: ...een click Redetect and search for the printer again by the IP address on the Search for Printers screen If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address check network settings For Mac OS If the printer cannot be found on the Check Printer Settings screen check network settings before redetecting the printer Check 1 Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During W...

Страница 1028: ...r and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device and then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer If the printer is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If printer and network device are on If the network devices are on turn them off...

Страница 1029: ...ion on the Check Printer Settings screen to check the status and turn on wireless communication on the printer For Mac OS The printer is not set to allow wireless communication Turn on wireless communication on the printer After enabling the wireless LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If icon is displayed...

Страница 1030: ...enerally poor Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall place the printer and the computer in the same room In addition if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference P...

Страница 1031: ... found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If the printer cannot be detected the printer is not connected to the wireless router Connect the printer to the wireless router After connecting the printer to the wireless router set up the network communication from the beginning If icon is displayed Go to check 4 Check 4 Cannot Find Machine on Check Printe...

Страница 1032: ...another device To check the printer s IP address print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it Display on the LCD LAN settings Print the network settings Printing Network Settings If the IP address is not specified correctly See If an error screen appears and specify the IP address If the IP address is specified correctly Go to check 5 Check 5 Cannot Find Mach...

Страница 1033: ...the printer If the printer is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If no message appears Cancel the setup and then set the security software to allow Canon software below to access the network For Windows Setup exe or Setup64 exe in the win Driver DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD ROM For Mac OS Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork...

Страница 1034: ...sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the printer To check the settings of the wireless router see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer After checking the wireless router settings click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer If the printer is found follow the instructions on the screen to co...

Страница 1035: ... screen to show another setup method is displayed Perform setup following the instructions on the screen Note You can search for printers by an IP address or host name Searching Machine by IP Address or Host Name During Setup Windows For Mac OS The printer could not be detected with the current setup method Select the Setting printer could not be found on the list check box and click Next The scre...

Страница 1036: ...Perform setup following the instructions on the screen 1036 ...

Страница 1037: ... appears 1 Check printer s IP address or host name To check the printer s IP Address or host name print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it Display on the LCD LAN settings Print the network settings Printing Network Settings Note If you use the printer in an office ask the network administrator 2 Specify searching method Select one of the method below 1 Se...

Страница 1038: ...ct Device settings and press OK button 3 Select LAN settings and press OK button If you specify the administrator password enter the password 4 Select Other settings and press OK button 5 Select TCP IP settings and press OK button If you specify IPv4 address 1 Select IPv4 and press OK button 2 Select Yes on displayed screen and press OK button 3 Select IP address and press OK button 4 Select Manua...

Страница 1039: ... the security software to allow access After allowing the software to access specify the IP address or host name and search for printers again If the printer is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If no message appears Cancel searching printers and then set the security software to allow Canon software below to access the network Setup exe or...

Страница 1040: ...ond the Printer Connection screen Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again Important For Mac OS make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers Scanners screen Print Scan screen in Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 If the icon locked is displayed click the icon to unlock The administrator name and the password are necessary to unlock 1 Turn off printer 2 Unpl...

Страница 1041: ... and finish setup 3 Turn off printer 4 Restart computer 5 Make sure you have no application software running 6 Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website Note You can use the Setup CD ROM to redo setup For Mac OS 1 Click Next 2 Click Exit on displayed screen and finish setup 3 Turn off printer 4 Restart computer 5 Make sure you have no application software running 6 Redo setup according...

Страница 1042: ...re printer and wireless router network settings match Make sure the network settings of the printer e g wireless router name SSID network key etc are identical with those of the wireless router To check the settings of the wireless router refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer To check the current network settings of the printer print out the network setting i...

Страница 1043: ...us Check8 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer Check9 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver Windows Check10 Make sure security software s firewall is off If your ...

Страница 1044: ...known Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Printing Is Slow Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor Windows 1044 ...

Страница 1045: ...ded with it or contact its manufacturer To check the current network settings of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Network Settings If the printer network settings do not match with those of the wireless router change the network settings of the printer to match with those of the wireless router Network Settings IJ Network Device Setup Utility Windows Network Communica...

Страница 1046: ...s router is a usable channel as confirmed in Check 6 If it is not change the channel set on the wireless router Check8 Make sure security software s firewall is off If your security software s firewall is on a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network If this warning message appears set security software to always allow access If you are using any progr...

Страница 1047: ... network setting information of the printer Display on the LCD LAN settings Print the network settings Printing Network Settings Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device Place the device and printer where there are no obstacles between them Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Wireless communication can be impeded by building mat...

Страница 1048: ...alled install them For Windows Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD ROM or install them from the Canon website For Mac OS Install the MP Drivers from the Canon website Check3 Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router see the wireless router instruction manual or contact its manufacturer Note To check...

Страница 1049: ...uter Set up the printer to match the wireless router settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility for Windows or IJ Network Tool for Mac OS Using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the wireless router the printer and your computer Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characte...

Страница 1050: ...wise select Open System or Shared Key depending on the wireless router s settings When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Set on the Wireless Routers screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication method to enter a WEP key For details see Changing WEP Detailed Settings Note If the printer is connected to an AirPort B...

Страница 1051: ...tings Select Reset all to restore administrator password to default Reset setting After initializing the printer settings redo setup For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website 1051 ...

Страница 1052: ...ncryption Key on Wireless Router Check1 Check wireless router setting To check the wireless router setting see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this setting Check2 If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router check that MAC addresses or IP addres...

Страница 1053: ... the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the printer Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router 1053 ...

Страница 1054: ... metal or concrete If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall place the printer and the computer in the same room In addition if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible Check3 Ma...

Страница 1055: ...ireless router For details see the instruction manual provided with your device and wireless router Check2 Is wireless router on Check3 Is wireless router configured properly For more on checking wireless router settings see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer Check4 Check your device and wireless router location Check the distance between your devi...

Страница 1056: ...Status Monitor Windows Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 1056 ...

Страница 1057: ...Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly Windows Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults 1057 ...

Страница 1058: ...ing screen appears if the printer is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set For Windows For Mac OS Enter the administrator password set for the printer Note An administrator password is already set for the printer at the time of purchase For details Administrator Password For improved security we recommend that you change the administrator password For Windows Cha...

Страница 1059: ...reless LAN Settings For Mac OS For more on encryption settings see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet You have connected the printer to the non encrypted wireless network Appears Security is not configured on the wireless router The printer can still be used so continue the setup procedure and complete it Important If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there...

Страница 1060: ... with the printer over the network If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the printer disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 right click the icon on the notification area on the desktop and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 1060 ...

Страница 1061: ...on on the computer screen For Windows IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen For Mac OS Canon IJ Network Tool Menus You can display the printer s MAC address on the LCD System information Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer follow the instructions below For Windows 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 10 right click Start...

Страница 1062: ...dows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and search for Command Prompt In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 Type the ping command and press Enter The ping command is as follows ping XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device If communic...

Страница 1063: ...XX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 1 786 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 1 739 ms XXX XXX XXX XXX ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss If packet loss is 100 communication is not taking place Otherwise computer is communicating with target device Checking Network Setting Information To check the printer s network settings information print out the ne...

Страница 1064: ...efaults use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup For Mac OS Initialization erases all network settings on the printer making printing scanning or faxing operation from a computer over a network impossible To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup Initialize ...

Страница 1065: ...Problems while Printing Scanning from Smartphone Tablet Cannot Print Scan from Smartphone Tablet 1065 ...

Страница 1066: ...d on Check2 Is icon displayed on LCD If the icon is not displayed press the HOME button select LAN settings and then set Change LAN to Activate wireless LAN If the icon is displayed the printer is not connected to the wireless router Check3 Are network settings of printer identical with those of wireless router Make sure the network settings of the printer e g wireless router name SSID network key...

Страница 1067: ...ireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from the interference source as possible Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Direct Connection If your smartphone tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the direct connection check the following Check1 Make sure printer is turned on Check2 Is icon displayed on LCD If the icon is not displayed...

Страница 1068: ...he printer as necessary Check8 Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the printer as far away from the interference source as possible Check9 Make sure 5 devices are already connected Direct connection does not allow more th...

Страница 1069: ...Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint 1069 ...

Страница 1070: ... is a problem with the relay device Contact the vendor of the relay device There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and retry the printing If you use the printer over a LAN make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use Check3 Is direct connection enabled To print using a mode other than the direct connection disable the direct connection first Using Machin...

Страница 1071: ...0 right click Start button and select Control Panel View devices and printers In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop Hardware and Sound Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from Start menu In Windows Vista select Start menu Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers 3 Open printer driver properties In Windows 10 Windows 8 1 Windows 8...

Страница 1072: ...nd select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer and then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port and then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Check8 Is print data extremely large Windows Click Print Options on Page Setup she...

Страница 1073: ...hooting message appears automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen For Windows For Mac OS The screen differs depending on the OS you are using 1073 ...

Страница 1074: ...de and a Message Are Displayed on LCD To remove the jammed paper see List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams Note You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown Search 1074 ...

Страница 1075: ...anel Setting Items for Copying Printing from USB flash drive Check the settings using the operation panel Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel Printing from your computer Check the settings using the printer driver For Windows Printing with Easy Setup For Mac OS Printing with Easy Setup Check2 Make sure appropriate print quality is selected see table above Select a print quality ...

Страница 1076: ...Back of Paper Is Smudged Uneven or Streaked Colors 1076 ...

Страница 1077: ...nter driver Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK Clear the check box once printing is complete Check2 Is print data extremely large Windows Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality Check3 Your hard disk may not have sufficient ...

Страница 1078: ... be printed To prevent this set reduced printing on the printer driver Important Reducing the printing size may affect the layout of your document If the application you used to create your document has a zoom function set the reduced size in the application 1 Open printer driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Check Duplex Printing check box in Page Setup sheet 3 Click ...

Страница 1079: ...Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong 1079 ...

Страница 1080: ...he nozzle check pattern again If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later When you turn the printer off do not unplug it If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning...

Страница 1081: ...F Loading Originals Check7 Is original document is loaded with proper side facing up down When loading the original on the platen glass the side to be copied should be face down When loading the original in the ADF the side to be copied should be face up Check8 Did you copy a printout done by this printer If you use a printout done by this printer as the original print quality may be reduced depen...

Страница 1082: ...on Aligning the Print Head Note If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment perform print head alignment manually See Aligning the Print Head Manually Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result Check4 If lines are misaligned with manual duplex printing pe...

Страница 1083: ...ut Printing or Binding margin function is in use thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Check2 Is print data extremely large Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality 1083 ...

Страница 1084: ...ay be improved Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK Clear the check box once printing is complete Check2 Is print data extremely large Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce pri...

Страница 1085: ... may absorb too much ink and become wavy causing paper abrasion Printing from your computer Check the intensity setting in the printer driver For Windows Adjusting Intensity For Mac OS Adjusting Intensity Copying Setting Items for Copying Check3 Use Photo Paper to print photos To print data with high color saturation such as photographs or images with dark colors we recommend that you use Photo Pa...

Страница 1086: ...aper When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is Rolling this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Other Paper If the paper corn...

Страница 1087: ... will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper set the printer to prevent paper abrasion using the operation panel or the computer This may reduce the print speed Once you have finished printing undo this setting Otherwise it will apply to subsequent print jobs From operation panel Press the HOME butto...

Страница 1088: ...r driver For Windows Adjusting Intensity For Mac OS Adjusting Intensity Copying Setting Items for Copying Check6 Do not print outside recommended printing area If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper ink may stain the lower edge of the paper Resize the document using application software Print Area Check7 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty Clean the platen glass or the ...

Страница 1089: ...nted surface to dry preventing smudges and scratches For Windows 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Open printer driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings 4 Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set wait time and click OK 5 Check message and click OK For Mac OS 1 Make sure printer is turned on 2 Open Canon IJ Printer Utility Openin...

Страница 1090: ...uality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer Cleaning Inside the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Note During duplex printing or too much printing ink may stain the inside of the printer 1090 ...

Страница 1091: ... maintenance operations such as print head cleaning Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles For details on printing the nozzle check pattern print head cleaning and print head deep cleaning see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty 1091 ...

Страница 1092: ...d deep cleaning again 24 hours later When you turn the printer off do not unplug it If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Check3 Perform print head alignment Aligning the Print Head Note If the problem is not resol...

Страница 1093: ...eck if the ink tank for the problem color is empty If the ink tank is not empty perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 h...

Страница 1094: ...ery high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the amount of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation Loading Paper Important When loading paper in the cassette slide the paper guide on the front side to align with the corresponding mark of page size Load the paper with the...

Страница 1095: ...and paper size settings match with loaded paper Check6 Clean paper feed roller Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers Note Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it so do this only when necessary Check7 If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once clean inside of cassette For information on cleaning the inside of the cassette see Cleaning Cassette Pads If the measures above do not solve the prob...

Страница 1096: ...r size setting is appropriate for automatic duplex printing Check the paper size setting in the application software Then check the paper size setting in the printer driver For Windows Check Page Size setting in Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window For Mac OS Check Paper Size in the Page Setup dialog Note Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the applicati...

Страница 1097: ...he following If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing one side of each sheet is printed first Turn over and reload the paper to print the reverse sides Do not change the order of the sheets The procedure for turning the paper over varies depending on the staple side and printing orientation Follow the on screen instructions For Mac OS Manual duplex printing...

Страница 1098: ... complete Note If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing several copies printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Check3 Has printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then re...

Страница 1099: ...printer is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint compliant device when printing over LAN Check3 Make sure printer has enough paper and ink Check4 Make sure no error message is displayed on printer s LCD If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer 1099 ...

Страница 1100: ...Scanning Problems Windows Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages 1100 ...

Страница 1101: ... Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Slow Scanning Speed There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Scanned Image Does Not Open 1101 ...

Страница 1102: ...nner or printer is turned on Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer Check 3 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Check 4 Restart the computer 1102 ...

Страница 1103: ...inter name is displayed multiple times select the one that does not include WIA Note The operation may differ depending on the application Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA compliant application Scanning with WIA Driver Check 3 Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot start ScanGear scanner driver from applications not supporting TWAIN Check 4 Scan and save images with IJ...

Страница 1104: ...nected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Check 5 Make sure that MP Drivers is installed If not installed install MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or our website Check 6 Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu Note The operation may differ depending on the application Check 7 Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot...

Страница 1105: ...eck 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Check 2 Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 1105 ...

Страница 1106: ...2 Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Check 3 In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 1106 ...

Страница 1107: ... There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Check 1 Exit other applications and try again Check 2 Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution 1107 ...

Страница 1108: ...ent free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution Check 3 In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder on a drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Box Check 4 Multiple devices may be connec...

Страница 1109: ...an Utility and click Uninstall Change 3 When a confirmation appears click Yes 4 When uninstallation is complete click OK IJ Scan Utility is deleted Note A confirmation or warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on s...

Страница 1110: ... format is not supported by the application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application 1110 ...

Страница 1111: ... Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Original Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 1111 ...

Страница 1112: ... Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings OCR Dialog Box Settings E mail Dialog Box On the Basic Mode tab of ScanGear scanner driver select Magazine Color in Select Source Refer to Basic Mode Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details On the A...

Страница 1113: ... Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box On the Basic Mode tab of ScanGear scanner driver select Magazine Color in Select Source Refer to Basic Mode Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear set Descreen in Image Settings to ON Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for de...

Страница 1114: ...nced Mode tab of ScanGear set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear set Color Matching Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details 1114 ...

Страница 1115: ...he item size You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item for example in photos or when you want to create custom cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Note Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear scanner dr...

Страница 1116: ...Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Check Make sure that the items are placed correctly Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 1116 ...

Страница 1117: ...ck that the settings match the item to be scanned If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type specify the item type and size When Scanning from the Operation Panel For the setting items when scanning from the operation panel see Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel When Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Sett...

Страница 1118: ...he Scanned Image Is Slanted Check When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 1118 ...

Страница 1119: ...or details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Note You cannot reduce the image size in Paint To reduce the display size open the images in an application Check 2 Change the resolution setting in ScanGear scanner driver and scan again The higher the resolution the larger the resulting image will be Resolution 1119 ...

Страница 1120: ...Software Problems The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client 1120 ...

Страница 1121: ... Check Check that the e mail client s MAPI is enabled Refer to the e mail client s manual for how to set MAPI If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled select None Attach Manually in the screen for selecting an e mail client then manually attach the image to the outgoing e mail 1121 ...

Страница 1122: ...ernal error has occurred Take the following measures Check the scanner status Restart the scanner Restart the computer then try again Reinstall the scanner driver An internal error has occur red Take the following measures Check the scanner sta tus Restart the scanner Restart the computer then try again Reinstall MP Drivers 230 A scanner driver supporting this software is not installed Install it ...

Страница 1123: ...ivileges to access the specified folder Grant access permission to the specified folder 245 Text could not be detected Make sure that the following condi tions do not apply The Document Language setting does not match the document language There is no text in the document Text that is not supported for detection is scanned Make sure the Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box...

Страница 1124: ...sed Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or our website For how to delete MP Drivers see Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Make sure that the selected appli cation source is correct Refer to the application s manual for de tails Check the printer status With USB connection check the connection of the USB cable and r...

Страница 1125: ...the scanner Restart the computer then try again Reinstall MP Drivers Click Control Panel System and Security Administrative Tools and then double click Serv ices to check if WIA Windows Im age Acquisition is running or in started state There may be interference with other drivers delete unnecessary drivers Your application may not properly comply with TWAIN Scan using another application 203 There...

Страница 1126: ...rs 250 An error has occurred Turn the device off and then back on Scanner driver will be closed Turn the device off and then back on 252 Cannot write or read file Exit running applications check that there is sufficient free space on the hard disk then scan again 1126 ...

Страница 1127: ...Faxing Problems Problems Sending Faxes Problems Receiving Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Clearly Telephone Problems 1127 ...

Страница 1128: ...Problems Sending Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing or Cannot Dial by Entering Numbers Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax 1128 ...

Страница 1129: ...achine Note If the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord the list of the faxes deleted from the printer s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed after turning the printer on For details see Summary of Reports and Lists Check2 Is document being sent from memory or the fax being received into memory When the message for the transmission ...

Страница 1130: ...xing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error Summary of Reports and Lists Check9 Is document loaded properly Remove the document and then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF Loading Originals Check10 Does a printer error occur Ensure that an error message is displayed on the LCD When an error message is displayed on the LCD check the cause When the e...

Страница 1131: ...dialed a number by entering the fax telephone numbers You can dial one recipient by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax telephone numbers as the recipient of sequential broadcasting If you already have dialed by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax telephone numbers select the recipient from the printer s directory 1131 ...

Страница 1132: ...dition or connection If the telephone line or connection is poor reducing the transmission start speed may correct the error Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings FAX settings 1132 ...

Страница 1133: ...g Faxes Cannot Receive a Fax Cannot Print a Fax Printer Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls Quality of Received Fax is Poor Cannot Receive a Color Fax Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax 1133 ...

Страница 1134: ... the power cord refer to Unplugging the Machine Note If the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord the list of the faxes deleted from the printer s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed after turning the printer on For details see Summary of Reports and Lists Check2 Is the printer s memory full Print the received faxes stored in the pr...

Страница 1135: ...e printer receives black white faxes in the printer s memory if 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting in FAX paper settings selecting 1 sided may print the faxes You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print However part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has ru...

Страница 1136: ...ect for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under FAX settings the printer rejects calls for setting item selected Reject For details on how to set see Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls 1136 ...

Страница 1137: ...d fax calls Set the receive mode to TEL priority mode DRPD 1 or Network switch 2 If the receive mode is TEL priority mode and an answering machine is connected to the printer check whether a proper message is played back when the answering machine answers Setting Receive Mode 1 This setting is available only in the US and Canada 2 This setting may not be available depending on the country or regio...

Страница 1138: ...sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax device is dirty Check4 Is ECM transmission reception enabled although line connection is poor or is sender s fax device compatible with ECM Select ON for ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings FAX settings Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is set to enable ECM transmis...

Страница 1139: ...in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings the printer cannot receive color faxes The printer will disconnect the telephone line or receive color faxes in black white according to the setting of the sender s fax device Set ECM RX to ON FAX settings 1139 ...

Страница 1140: ...reducing the reception start speed may correct the error Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings FAX settings Check2 Is sender s fax device operating normally Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is operating normally 1140 ...

Страница 1141: ...or scan contrast setting suitable for document On the LCD select an image quality setting and a scan contrast setting that are suitable for the document Setting Items for Sending Faxes Check4 Is original document loaded with wrong side facing upwards or downwards When loading a document on the platen glass the side to be scanned should be face down When loading a document in the ADF the side to be...

Страница 1142: ...Telephone Problems Cannot Dial Telephone Disconnects During a Call 1142 ...

Страница 1143: ...tly Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly Connecting Telephone Line Check2 Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary Setting Telephone Line Type 1143 ...

Страница 1144: ...vice such as an external telephone an answering machine or a computer modem connected correctly Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone or a peripheral device such as an external telephone an answering machine or a computer modem are connected correctly Connecting Telephone Line 1144 ...

Страница 1145: ...er Does Not Come On USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB LCD Is Off LCD Shows Wrong Language Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed Windows 1145 ...

Страница 1146: ...er plug is securely connected to printer and then turn it back on Check3 Unplug printer leave it for at least 2 minutes and then plug it back in and turn it on again If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1146 ...

Страница 1147: ...rts Hi Speed USB connection Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10 feet 3 meters or so Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Install the latest update for your computer I...

Страница 1148: ...ow the USB port is at the back of the printer Check3 Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing Mac OS Check4 Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Mac OS Check5 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of properties dialog box of printer driver Windows How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 1148 ...

Страница 1149: ...ff If POWER lamp is off The printer is not on Check that the power cord is connected and press the ON button If POWER lamp is lit The LCD may be in screen saver mode Press any button on the operation panel 1149 ...

Страница 1150: ...ur language 1 Press HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds 2 Select Setup on HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings and press OK button 4 Press button 4 times and press OK button 5 Use button to select a language for LCD and press OK button 1150 ...

Страница 1151: ...an error message displayed on LCD Close the front cover follow the support code error number displayed in the error message to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on resolving the error see List of Support Code for Error Check3 Has front cover been left open for 60 minutes or longer If the front cover is left open for more than 60 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to...

Страница 1152: ...e sure Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open printer driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on Option menu if it is not selected 1152 ...

Страница 1153: ...Installation and Download Problems Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear Windows Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment Windows 1153 ...

Страница 1154: ... list on left In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start and then click Computer 2 Double click CD ROM icon in the window that appears If the contents of the CD ROM appear double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM install them from the Canon website Note If the CD ROM icon does not appear try the following Remove the CD ROM from your computer and reinsert i...

Страница 1155: ...computer and then reinstall the MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from the Canon website Note If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error Windows operation may be unstable and you may not be able to install the drivers Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers For Mac OS Download the driver from the supp...

Страница 1156: ...ur computer Install the latest version of Easy WebPrint EX from the Canon website Note If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed a message asking you to install it may appear in the notification area on the desktop Click the message and follow the instructions to install Easy WebPrint EX Internet access is required to install or download Easy WebPrint EX Check2 Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on Too...

Страница 1157: ...ructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded In the connection method selection screen select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection The printer is detected automatically in the network Make sure the printer was found and install the MP Drivers following the on screen instructions Note The network settings on the printer are not affected so the printer can be used on the net...

Страница 1158: ...Errors and Messages An Error Occurs A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen Message Appears 1158 ...

Страница 1159: ...e the appropriate action described in the message If an error occurs a support code error number appears on the computer screen or the LCD When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen For Windows For Mac OS The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on LCD 1159 ...

Страница 1160: ...with support codes see List of Support Code for Error Note You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes see An Error Occurs 1160 ...

Страница 1161: ...k white The recipient s fax device is not color compatible Press the Black button to resend the fax Alternatively you select Send in black white for Color transmission in Advanced FAX settings un der FAX settings The printer converts color documents into black white data if the recipient s fax de vice does not support color faxing FAX settings Failed to connect The telephone line cable with a modu...

Страница 1162: ...mory from the Memory reference screen in the Fax menu Printing Document in Printer s Memory Note To print the received faxes automatically select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings FAX settings If you did not print the fax stored in the printer s memory e g if you did not resolve the problem by pressing the Stop button you can delete or print the fax stored in t...

Страница 1163: ... to Shared Folder on Computer Delete the unnecessary fax from printer s memory after saving to the USB flash drive forwarding to the shared folder on the computer or printing Deleting Document in Printer s Memory FAX info does not match Transmission has been canceled because the printer could not detect the recipient s fax device informa tion or the information did not match the dialed number This...

Страница 1164: ...nt saved on the USB flash drive that can be read by this printer The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters Use only alphanumeric characters Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer Note When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected is displayed on the LCD Cannot print the specified PDF f...

Страница 1165: ...e power was still on Press the OK button Note See Unplugging the Machine to unplug the printer correctly The power cord has been unplugged and unsent received docs in memory have been lost A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the printer s memory Important If a power failure occurs or the printer is unplugged all faxes stored in the printer...

Страница 1166: ...s XXX signifies your printer s name 1 Log in using an account with administrator privileges 2 Make the following settings In Windows 10 right click Start button and select Control Panel View devices and printers In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop Hardware and Sound Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from Start menu In Windows ...

Страница 1167: ...er and retry the printing If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Contact the vendor of the relay device There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and retry the printing If you use the printer over a LAN make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use Check4 Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly Uninstall the MP Drivers fol...

Страница 1168: ... Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Windows If the Inkjet Printer Scanner F...

Страница 1169: ...of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing confirmation screen setting If you do not agree to participate in survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped The confirmation screen will reappear one month later To uninstall Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Su...

Страница 1170: ...time of the next survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically Note If you select Uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears Mac OS If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed the printer and application software usag...

Страница 1171: ...the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the dock at the time of the next survey If you do not agree to participate in survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped The confirmation screen will reappear one month later To stop sending information Click Turn off This stops the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey P...

Страница 1172: ... Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 2 Double click Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent If the check box is selected the information will be sent automatically If the check box is not selected Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of...

Страница 1173: ...und smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the printer and contact the seller you bought it from or your nearest Canon service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself If you attempt to repair or take apart the printer your warranty will be invalidated even if it has not expired Before contacting the service center note the following Product name Your printer s name...

Страница 1174: ...t Code Appears on LCD and Computer Screen 1000 to 1ZZZ 1003 1200 1300 1303 1309 1310 1313 1314 1319 1575 1600 1660 1688 1700 1701 1754 1755 1871 1890 2000 to 2ZZZ 2001 2002 2110 2120 2500 2700 2801 2802 2803 3000 to 3ZZZ 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3434 3435 3436 3437 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 501...

Страница 1175: ...1 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 7000 to 7ZZZ 7100 7200 7201 7203 7204 7205 9000 to 9ZZZ 9000 9500 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B205 B502 B503 B504 C000 For paper jam support codes see also List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams 1175 ...

Страница 1176: ...ed inside the front cover 1300 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover 1303 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the printer pulled in the printed paper 1313 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover during automatic duplex printing 1314 If the document is jammed in the ADF 2801 Cases other than above Other Cases 1176 ...

Страница 1177: ... Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer 1 Open front cover Important Do not touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer 2 Make sure jammed paper is not under print head holde...

Страница 1178: ...3 Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands If the paper is rolled up pull out it 4 Pull paper out slowly so as not to tear it 5 Make sure all jammed paper is removed 1178 ...

Страница 1179: ...uplex printing or duplex copying is in progress it is possible that the printing or copying order is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printin...

Страница 1180: ...es other than A5 A6 to print documents with photos or graphics A5 A6 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1180 ...

Страница 1181: ...as completed sending or receiving all the faxes Do not unplug when turning off the printer If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer 1 Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces t...

Страница 1182: ...ejected automatically Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the mark on the rear cover aligns with the mark on the printer 6 Reload paper and press printer s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress 1182 ...

Страница 1183: ...inting and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning If you turned off the printer while taking the appropriate action of the paper jam error All jobs in t...

Страница 1184: ...t be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer s memory Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes Do not unplug when turning off the printer If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted Note If paper becomes jammed during printing an...

Страница 1185: ...he following Turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the mark on the rear cover aligns with the mark on the printer 6 Reload paper and press printer s OK button 1185 ...

Страница 1186: ...ying order is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the ...

Страница 1187: ... off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes Do not unplug when turning off the printer If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer 1 Rotate print...

Страница 1188: ...ejected automatically Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the mark on the rear cover aligns with the mark on the printer 6 Reload paper and press printer s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress 1188 ...

Страница 1189: ...esume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning If you turned off the printer ...

Страница 1190: ...memory are deleted If the original remains in the ADF by pressing the Stop button while the printer is scanning the document If you press the Stop button during scanning then the document remained in the ADF the message about the paper remained in the ADF appears on the LCD Press the OK button so that the remaining document is automatically fed out If the original is jammed in the ADF Remove the d...

Страница 1191: ...are either too high or too low In this case reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity If the document still jams use the platen glass instead If the original is jammed in the ADF from the paper feed side If the document is jammed in the document output slot close the document tray as shown in the figure below and pull out the document When rescanning the doc...

Страница 1192: ...Other Cases Check the following Check1 Is anything blocking paper output slot Check2 Is rear cover attached properly Check3 Is paper curled Correct curl before loading paper 1192 ...

Страница 1193: ...the cassette properly What to Do Take the corresponding actions below Load paper in the cassette Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette After carrying out the above measures press the OK button Note To cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 1193 ...

Страница 1194: ...1200 Cause Front cover is open What to Do Close the front cover and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank 1194 ...

Страница 1195: ...patible with automatic duplex printing is specified What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Press the printer s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and retry printing 1195 ...

Страница 1196: ... to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded Press the OK button to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet is not printed 1196 ...

Страница 1197: ...t compatible with automatic duplex printing What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Press the printer s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and retry printing 1197 ...

Страница 1198: ...t to Do If an ink tank becomes empty replace it An ink tank cannot be replaced until it becomes empty Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition 1198 ...

Страница 1199: ...n the received fax will not be printed and will be stored in the machine s memory until the ink is replaced You must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory You can change the setting so that the received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the memory but all or part of the fax information may not be printed because of the ink out condition Important Do not remov...

Страница 1200: ...1660 Cause An ink tank is not installed What to Do Install the ink tank 1200 ...

Страница 1201: ... the ink out condition Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled Note Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition the receiv...

Страница 1202: ...1700 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the printer s OK button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1202 ...

Страница 1203: ...1701 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the printer s OK button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1203 ...

Страница 1204: ...over Then push the ink tank After installing the ink tank properly close the front cover If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important The ink tank that was once installed cannot be removed until the ink runs out 1204 ...

Страница 1205: ...to be installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled Note Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition the received fax will not be printed and will be stored in the printer s memory until the ink is ...

Страница 1206: ... What to Do Insert the cassette Note Once the cassette is installed the screen for setting cassette paper information appears Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette To cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 1206 ...

Страница 1207: ...n the front cover and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the print head holder If the protective material or tape is still there remove it and close the front cover If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1207 ...

Страница 1208: ...2001 Cause An incompatible device is connected What to Do Check the device connected to the USB flash drive port Printing photos directly is possible with a USB flash drive 1208 ...

Страница 1209: ...se An unsupported USB hub is connected What to Do If a USB flash drive is connected to the printer through the USB hub disconnect the hub from the printer Connect a USB flash drive directly to the printer 1209 ...

Страница 1210: ...rinter Driver and the Printer Paper Size Mac OS For copying make the copy paper settings to match the cassette paper information set on the printer See below for more on the cassette paper information that is set on the printer Paper Settings If the print or copy paper settings do not match the cassette paper information set on the printer as shown below a message appears on the LCD Print settings...

Страница 1211: ...without changing the paper settings For example if the paper setting is A5 and A4 is set in the cassette paper information the A5 size setting is used to print or copy on the A4 paper in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette For example if the paper setting is A5 and A4 is set in the cassette paper information change the paper...

Страница 1212: ...OS Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size Windows Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size Mac OS Cancel Cancels printing Select this option to change the print or copy paper settings Change the paper settings and retry the printing Note To suppress the misprint prevention message change the setting as described below When you suppress the message th...

Страница 1213: ... Cause Cassette paper settings are incomplete What to Do If screen below is shown the cassette paper settings are incomplete Press the printer s OK button to finish setting the cassette paper settings 1213 ...

Страница 1214: ...tion by printing the nozzle check pattern Load one sheet of A4 Letter sized plain paper and perform automatic print head alignment again For automatic print head alignment always load paper in the cassette Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the printer so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem co...

Страница 1215: ...red during scanning and the document is remained in ADF What to Do Take the corresponding actions below When you copy press the printer s OK button and retry copying When the document is remained in the ADF press the printer s OK button to feed out the document When you scan press the Stop button to cancel the scanning and try to scan again 1215 ...

Страница 1216: ...2802 Cause No document in ADF What to Do Press the OK button to resolve the error and operate again after loading documents 1216 ...

Страница 1217: ...r the unsent fax are stored in the printer s memory Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes Do not unplug when turning off the printer If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted If the original is jammed in the ADF Remove the document following the procedure below 1 If printing is in progress press Stop b...

Страница 1218: ...are either too high or too low In this case reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity If the document still jams use the platen glass instead If the original is jammed in the ADF from the paper feed side If the document is jammed in the document output slot close the document tray as shown in the figure below and pull out the document When rescanning the doc...

Страница 1219: ...3401 Cause Reserve copy is canceled What to Do Press the printer s OK button 1219 ...

Страница 1220: ...3402 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the printer s OK button Wait for a while and retry copying 1220 ...

Страница 1221: ...3403 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the printer s OK button Wait for a while and retry copying 1221 ...

Страница 1222: ...3404 Cause Document is remained in ADF What to Do Wait for a while Copying will start 1222 ...

Страница 1223: ...3405 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the printer s OK button Wait for a while and retry copying 1223 ...

Страница 1224: ...3406 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the printer s OK button Wait for a while and retry copying 1224 ...

Страница 1225: ...3407 Cause Loading next sheet is required What to Do Load the next sheet and press the printer s OK button 1225 ...

Страница 1226: ...3408 Cause Preview screen is displayed on printer s LCD What to Do After seeing the preview Press the printer s OK button 1226 ...

Страница 1227: ...3410 Cause Cannot reserve copying job because printer is scanning a sheet What to Do Wait for a while and reserve copying job 1227 ...

Страница 1228: ... Cause You can reserve copying job What to Do If you reserve a copying job load the original and press the printer s Color button for color copying or the printer s Black button for black white copying 1228 ...

Страница 1229: ...nal is placed on the platen glass Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation After carrying out the above actions retry scanning or copying If the error is still not resolved specify the size of the original Important The original that is smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square may not be scanned correctly 1229 ...

Страница 1230: ...n the current setting select Yes and press the OK button Prevent paper abrasion may reduce the print speed If you disable this setting select No and press the OK button Press the HOME button select Setup Device settings and Print settings and then set Prevent paper abrasion to OFF 1230 ...

Страница 1231: ...e that the address and port number of the outgoing mail server SMTP server in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1231 ...

Страница 1232: ...e that the address and port number of the incoming mail server POP3 server in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1232 ...

Страница 1233: ...tton Make sure that the settings for secure connection SSL of your mail server and printer are match For printer s settings for secure connection SSL use Remote UI Setting Mail Server For setting for secure connection SSL of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1233 ...

Страница 1234: ...tton Make sure that the settings for secure connection SSL of your mail server and printer are match For printer s settings for secure connection SSL use Remote UI Setting Mail Server For setting for secure connection SSL of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1234 ...

Страница 1235: ... button Make sure that the settings item for the outgoing mail server SMTP server are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1235 ...

Страница 1236: ...ton Make sure that the outgoing account and outgoing password in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1236 ...

Страница 1237: ... button Make sure that the settings item for the incoming mail server POP3 server are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1237 ...

Страница 1238: ...ton Make sure that the incoming account and incoming password in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1238 ...

Страница 1239: ...e APOP authentication settings of your mail server and printer are match For printer s APOP authentication setting use Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For APOP authentication setting of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1239 ...

Страница 1240: ... the printer s OK button Make sure that the mail server settings are correct with Remote UI Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved check your mail server condition For settings and condition of your mail server contact the administrator of mail server 1240 ...

Страница 1241: ...3424 Cause Sending mail failed What to Do Press the printer s OK button Specify the correct destination s mail address and then retry sending mail 1241 ...

Страница 1242: ...responding actions below Lower the resolution and retry to scanning Reduce the documents and retry to scanning If the error is not resolved take the corresponding actions below Check the maximum attachment file size for sending the scanned data You can set the maximum attachment file size with Remote UI Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data Check your mail server condition 1242 ...

Страница 1243: ...rinting What to Do Prepare to print the other side Keeping the printed side facing up rotate the paper 180 degrees so that the front edge of the printed paper faces away from you and fit the paper back into the cassette When ready press the printer s OK button 1243 ...

Страница 1244: ...is complete when manual duplex printing What to Do Prepare to print the other side Keeping the printed side facing up fit the paper back into the cassette without changing its orientation When ready press the printer s OK button 1244 ...

Страница 1245: ...is complete when manual duplex printing What to Do Prepare to print the other side Keeping the printed side facing up fit the paper back into the cassette without changing its orientation When ready press the printer s OK button 1245 ...

Страница 1246: ...rinting What to Do Prepare to print the other side Keeping the printed side facing up rotate the paper 180 degrees so that the front edge of the printed paper faces away from you and fit the paper back into the cassette When ready press the printer s OK button 1246 ...

Страница 1247: ...data cannot be printed What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents check the message shown your computer make sure genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors and retry the printing 1247 ...

Страница 1248: ...4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings What to Do Press the printer s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and retry printing 1248 ...

Страница 1249: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1249 ...

Страница 1250: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1250 ...

Страница 1251: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1251 ...

Страница 1252: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1252 ...

Страница 1253: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Страница 1254: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Страница 1255: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Страница 1256: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Страница 1257: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Страница 1258: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1258 ...

Страница 1259: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1259 ...

Страница 1260: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1260 ...

Страница 1261: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1261 ...

Страница 1262: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1262 ...

Страница 1263: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1263 ...

Страница 1264: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1264 ...

Страница 1265: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1265 ...

Страница 1266: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1266 ...

Страница 1267: ...5500 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized What to Do Contact the service center 1267 ...

Страница 1268: ...5501 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized What to Do Contact the service center 1268 ...

Страница 1269: ...5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1269 ...

Страница 1270: ...5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1270 ...

Страница 1271: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1271 ...

Страница 1272: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1272 ...

Страница 1273: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1273 ...

Страница 1274: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1274 ...

Страница 1275: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1275 ...

Страница 1276: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1276 ...

Страница 1277: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1277 ...

Страница 1278: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1278 ...

Страница 1279: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1279 ...

Страница 1280: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1280 ...

Страница 1281: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1281 ...

Страница 1282: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1282 ...

Страница 1283: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1283 ...

Страница 1284: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1284 ...

Страница 1285: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1285 ...

Страница 1286: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1286 ...

Страница 1287: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1287 ...

Страница 1288: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1288 ...

Страница 1289: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1289 ...

Страница 1290: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1290 ...

Страница 1291: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1291 ...

Страница 1292: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1292 ...

Страница 1293: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1293 ...

Страница 1294: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1294 ...

Страница 1295: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1295 ...

Страница 1296: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1296 ...

Страница 1297: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1297 ...

Страница 1298: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1298 ...

Страница 1299: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1299 ...

Страница 1300: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1300 ...

Страница 1301: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1301 ...

Страница 1302: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1302 ...

Страница 1303: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1303 ...

Страница 1304: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1304 ...

Страница 1305: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1305 ...

Страница 1306: ...quiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1306 ...

Страница 1307: ...quiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1307 ...

Страница 1308: ...quiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1308 ...

Страница 1309: ...quiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1309 ...

Страница 1310: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1310 ...

Страница 1311: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1311 ...

Страница 1312: ...ff the printer and unplug it Plug in the printer again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important If you unplug all the faxes stored in the printer s memory are deleted 1312 ...

Страница 1313: ...ress ink tanks until they click into place Turn the printer back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair Important When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A or white belt B If you soil or scratch these parts by touching them with paper or your hand it could damage the printer If you unplu...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов